Loading ePaper
KÖNIG & MEYER GMBH & Co. KG Postfach 1453 · 97864 Wertheim/Main · Germany Kiesweg 2 · 97877 Wertheim/Main · Germany Tel.: +49 (0) 93 42/806-0 · Fax: +49 (0) 93 42/806-150 e-Mail: contact@k-m.de · www.k-m.de 2
Inspired by People Who Live Music Music is constantly evolving—new stages, new technologies, new ways of creating. In the midst of this change, König & Meyer stands as a manufacturer dedicated for decades to developing solutions that turn ideas into reality. Our products are not driven by tradition alone, but by the ambition to create reliable tools for a modern, diverse musical world. In Wertheim, new concepts, prototypes, and refinements emerge every year—shaped by the expertise of our teams and by the understanding that reliability matters more today than ever. Whether in the studio, on tour, or in a digital setup, our stands, mounts, and accessories are designed not to draw attention—because they simply work. In 2026, we are focusing even more on innovation, sustainability, and precision in manufacturing. We are advancing materials, processes, and solutions that meet tomorrow’s demands while conserving resources. And we value the close collaboration with musicians, partners, and customers whose insights and ideas continue to inspire us. We invite you to explore our current product lineup and discover what’s new. And we remain true to our promise: König & Meyer creates products that help people make music—dependable, thoughtfully designed, and ready for the future. Gabriela König Heiko Wolz CEO CTO 3
With you on the stages of life Yesterday. Today. Tomorrow. For over 75 years, König & Meyer has been a part of the music world and supported it every step along the way. From the first rock ‘n’ roll sounds of the 50s to the big stage shows of the 70s to the digital revolution of the 21st century—K&M has been there as a reliable partner in the background and ensured successful gigs on the big and small stages of the world. What began with a music stand is now a globally recognized brand with over 1,500 products, almost all of which are manufactured in house. A journey through the decades shows how K&M embraced the trends and needs of musicians and became an indispensable part of the music industry. 55
C H A P T E R 1 T I M E L E S S The 50s and 60s The rise of music and the first steps from K&M The 50s—an era of new beginnings and reinven- tion. Rock ‘n’ roll sparked a revolution on living room radios and dance floors. It was precisely at this time that the journey of König & Meyer began. The first K&M music stand was mass- produced in Wertheim. This product turned an idea into an indispensable tool for musicians. The enthusiasm for music grew in the 60s. The “British Invasion” with the Beatles and Rolling Stones brought a wave of new artists and ideas. König & Meyer introduced microphone stands to its product range, and the legendary 210/2 quickly became a stage essential for performers around the world. It remains a top-selling product to this day and is unsurpassed in its popularity. The 70s and 80s From big stages and pop icons The 70s marked the beginning of an era of superstars and big stages. Artists such as Led Zeppelin, Pink Floyd, and David Bowie created elaborate shows with spectacular set-ups. Music evolved from sound into a full sensory experience. K&M responded with new speaker stands, especially the 214/6. The combination of stability and function made it the standard for small stages in particular and supported artists with demanding performances and on long tours. The 80s were a bold, colorful era of avant-garde creativity. Pop music experienced a boom, and stars such as Michael Jackson, Madonna, and Prince changed the image of pop culture. The saxophone, elevated by synth sounds, became the instrument of the hour and the K&M 14300 stand a trusted resting place for these prized instruments. In the glittering world of pop, musicians appreciated the robust and reliable stands from K&M. 6
The 1990s and 2000s The era of individuality and digital change The 90s—a decade of individuality and rebellion. Grunge, hip-hop, and techno took over the music scene and brought in a bold new genera- tion of artists. From small clubs to large festivals, musicians sought authenticity and expression. K&M responded with products that embodied this spirit. Guitar stands like the indestructible A-Frame 17540 suited a generation that lived for itself and its music. The 2000s ushered in the digital age. MP3 players, computers, and digital recording techniques revolutionized music production and made it more mobile and accessible. The stages became more versatile, and the new “Spider” keyboard stand set new standards in design and functionality. For keyboard players, the “Spider,” still one of today’s most iconic stands, brought new levels of freedom and flexibility. The 2010s to today Multimedia and the stage of tomorrow Music-making changed once again in the 2010s. Social media and streaming turned today’s artists into overnight stars with stages popping up everywhere—from living rooms to open-air festivals. K&M recognized this trend and develo- ped stands and holders for tablets, smart phones, and headphones for artists. The 16075 headphone stand has become indispensable for the digital generation who want to be creative anywhere and at any time. In the 2020s, club culture and festivals are once again thriving, and DJ equipment is evolving to keep up. The DJ table 12170 and its matching mounts are perfect for DJs and mobile artists ready to take their performance anywhere. And K&M? It remains in the middle of it all. Close to the artists. Since the 1950s, the company has been leading the way with products that musicians trust and love. 7
C H A P T E R 1 T I M E L E S S Ready to take on what’s next. For over 75 years, K&M has been synonymous with quality, precision, and passion for music. What began in a small factory in Wertheim is now a globally established brand that is growing with an incom- parable feel for the needs of musicians. König & Meyer will continue to meet the challenges of a constantly changing music scene for the next 75 years—with a clear focus on sustainability and innovation. And the passion for music—and the people who bring it to life—endures. 88
300 employees 1.500 products In line with our quality standards, almost all metal and plastic parts of our products are Whether you’re a beginner or a professional – König & Meyer offers the ideal music accessories manufactured in-house. for every area of use. König & Meyer puts your setup on a stable foundation. You can count on timeless design and high functionality. Durable and exact manufacturing by conviction. Made in Germany Customer satisfaction and quality For over 75 years, we’ve set the standard for quality in the music world. We stand for sturdy and intelligently designed equipment, with every single component bearing the unmistakable K&M signature. Resources & the environment Employee satisfaction and occupational safety 99
Contemporary flexibility meets innovative spirit: At K&M, metal and plastic parts are created in-house. K&M employees also develop and build their own tools. The future won’t wait! Innovation is what drives K&M. 10
Consistent quality through permanent develop- ment: This is K&M’s vision. The company focuses on the needs of tomorrow. Ideas often come from customers, musicians or employees. The pace is constantly increasing – and K&M is keeping up with it. As Technical Director, Heiko Wolz focuses on maximum flexibility and responsiveness. He has been familiar with the company for over 35 years, having started his career with an apprenticeship as a toolmaker. He knows that K&M has been doing many things right for many years. Regard- less of short-term promises of profit, the company had the foresight to keep the entire production structure and the development department at the company site in Wertheim. Today, this high level of vertical integration makes it possible to bring new products to prototype maturity in record time. 11 The great challenge of the future can be summed up in one word: Speed. With digitalization, the needs of the industry are evolving rapidly. Stands, tripods, and entire workstations that can think along with digital devices are in demand. What’s more, copies and replicas have never been on the market as quickly as they are today due to globalization.For a world of music in a constant state of change.CHAPTER 2 INNOVATION
To be able to keep Germany as a location in the long term, the strategy also includes targeted investments: State-of-the-art machinery such as the new powder coating system and laser technology make a rational production approach possible. Processing quality is the top priority. Only precision steel tubes are used, with no deviations in dimensions or tolerances. And there’s still another factor that makes K&M future-proof: teamwork. Fluctuation in the teams is low, and training within the company is excel- lent. Like the technical director, many of today’s senior employees joined the company as appren- tices. These include the sales manager, plant manager, export manager, the authorized signatory and the production manager. Investing in the “Made in Germany” of the future. 12 High vertical integration and innovative drive.CHAPTER 2 INNOVATION
Resource conservation and sustainability have been part of K&M’s philosophy since the 1970s. In 1998, K&M’s environmental management system received its first certification, and the company continues to set new goals and make continuous improvements. These include effective and recyclable use of raw materials, “We act with social and ecological responsibility – and not just since yesterday!” increasing conversion to renewable energy, reducing CO2 emissions in production, and treating used water to drinking quality. Since 1979, water con- sumption has been reduced by 94%. Photovoltaic systems on the roofs of the production halls and the new distribution center built in 2017 generate 670,000 kilowatt hours of electricity annually. Latest inventions Examples. 18800 19743 17534 Table-style keyboard stand »Omega-E« Tablet PC holder »Biobased« Four guitar stand »Guardian 3+1« Electrically adjustable keyboard stand for Sturdy holder made of bio-based plastic for ergonomic playing while sitting or standing. tablets with case (up to 20 mm thick). Colorless cushioned supports – for a secure hold of guitars that is gentle on the finish. 13 P. 161P. 353P. 78
CHAPTER 3 TRUST Between power and precision Two worlds, one partner – K&M delivers stability on any stage. Music is as diverse as the artists who create it. Few acts illustrate this range as impressively as Eisbrecher and Hurts: raw guitar riffs, driving beats, and dark synths meet emotive melodies, clean lines, and elegant arrangements. Industrial rock and synthpop may be worlds apart – yet both bands share a core element: their music thrives on energy, atmosphere, and presence. To make that performance shine, reliable stage conditions are key. That’s where rugged K&M stands, mounts, and custom setups come into play – giving artists a solid foundation and the freedom to focus fully on their music. 15
Photo by vollvincent Eisbrecher When a performance is loud, intense, and razor-sharp, you need partners you can rely on – both musically and technically. König & Meyer and Eisbrecher are united by a shared passion for quality, stability, and uncompromising perfor- mance. On festival stages or in the studio: we stand firm where others falter. German rock with power and punch: Since 2003, Alexander „Alex“ Wesselsky and his band have shaped the German-speaking rock and metal scene. Albums like Die Hölle muss warten, Schock, and Kaltfront shot the band into top chart positions. Every song blends melody with emotion – and whether on tour or in the studio, Eisbrecher relies on K&M. From mic and guitar stands to custom setups: when the lights flash, the volume peaks, and the adrenaline kicks in, Eisbrecher stays rock solid. 16
Hurts Music that gets under your skin needs space to unfold – on stage, on screen, or in the studio. König & Meyer and Hurts share the drive to perfect every detail – for performances that are technically sound and emotionally striking. Minimalist. Precise. Powerful. British synthpop with style and soul: Since their 2010 debut Happiness, Theo Hutchcraft and Adam Anderson have captivated audiences worldwide with a sound full of melancholy and elegance. With albums like Exile, Surrender, and Desire, they’ve toured across Europe, Asia, and the Americas – always with a sharp aesthetic and maximum stage impact. K&M supports them every step of the way – on tour, in TV appearances, and during studio sessions – delivering stable setups, precise positioning, and tailored solutions so the music always takes center stage. On the big stage since 2009: British synthpop band Hurts from Manchester. 17 CHAPTER 3 TRUST
K A P I T E L 3 V E R T R A U E N Future Palace combines catchy melodies with powerful, emo- tional lyrics to create a sound that blends rock, pop, and alternative. Since its formation in 2017, the band has built up a loyal fan base with authentic songs and intense live shows. Johannes is both drummer and manager of the band and answers our questions. 3 Questions for our partners Future Future Palace Palace New single: »Deep Blue« You‘re now performing on big Looking back on your beginnings, You‘ve been part of the K&M family stages—what has been your most what was the decisive moment since your early days—what does emotional live experience so far? The first sold-out headline concerts were definitely very special moments. I still remember our very first headline show right after the lockdowns - we couldn‘t quite process the long line in front of the club. Our first North American tour was also a huge step. Being that far away from home and seeing people filling the clubs and singing along was very unreal. when you realized: Now it‘s really taking off? When we had a nightliner just for ourselves for the first time, that was a very proud moment. Over the past few years, there have been so many of these little moments that reminded me again and again of how much has actually happened. Even if it‘s just the amount of equipment that‘s now in storage and goes on tour with us. this partnership mean to you? K&M was the first company we started working with – and we’ve continued without interruption to this day. Especially in the early days, when you‘re a new band and have to watch every penny, this support made things so much easier for us. In fact, we still use all the products from our very first gear setup are still in use today. i o p B o l l e H y b o t o h P 18
Keyboard stand »Spider Pro« www.k-m.de„NIGHTWISH“ APPROVEDKönig & Meyer18860 Keyboard stand»Spider Pro«· Two extendable pairs, 15° inclined· Solid stand with modern design19
CHAPTER 3 TRUST No tour should be without these products! 17540 E-guitar stand Indestructible guitar stand with high-quality plastic protective cover. 26200 One-hand microphone stand »Elegance« Microphone stand with silent design one-hand height adjustment. 14000 Drummer’s throne »Gomezz« The professional drummer’s throne. Perfect seating comfort due to elaborate upholstery and sturdy frame. 20
Deine Cousine Spot on! Ina Bredehorn, aka DEINE COUSINE, stands for pure energy, courage, and attitude. Since her breakthrough in 2014 at the “Udo Lindenberg Panikpreis,” she has been an integral part of Udo‘s band, touring with Die Toten Hosen and Fury in the Slaughterhouse and thrilling audien- ces with her rousing stage presence at festivals such as Wacken, Deichbrand, and Hurricane. Her songs sparkle with honesty, humor, and a healthy dose of neighborhood attitude. Direct, loud, and always heartfelt, she manages to bring her songs to life and build a connec- tion with the audience that lingers long after the show. This mixture of energy, authenticity, and stage presence makes her the perfect addition to our K&M artist team. As one of our newest endorsers, she relies on solid equipment from König & Meyer on stage. Just like herself: robust, authentic, and always ready for the next show. 21
For every requirement. Whether it’s stands for loudspeakers, stands for guitars or stands for sheet music, König & Meyer knows what musicians want. To meet their expectations, the products are specially developed and optimized according to their requirements. Baseline Entry-level or standard products Topline Professional products for stage and studio Starline Products with exceptional features or a special design You can access our product videos by scanning the QR codes or via the link: youtube.com/@KoenigundMeyer 22
Music stands 24 Stands and accessories for instruments 68 Drummer‘s thrones, benches & stools 122 Keyboard stands 152 Accessories for stages, studios and home recording 184 Microphone stands 198 Stands for speakers, lights and monitors 258 Multimedia equipment 328 Shop fittings 362 Notes 372
Music stands König & Meyer music stands are the premium standard in the music industry worldwide. Their workmanship, durability and timeless design speak for themselves. All elements of the stand construc- tions are precisely coordinated and smoothly inter- lock with each other. At the same time, a meticulous selection of materials ensures that the music stands will withstand the high stresses of constant use for decades. Our product range offers a variety of designs and sizes. This means that every musician will find just the right König & Meyer music stand to suit them and their individual application – regardless of whether they’re ambitious young musicians or professional stage stars. 25
BASELINE 1.04 kg steel 390 mm from 410 to 1,225 mm 440 x 215 x 33 mm brace construction, folds compactly traditionally foldable 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws MUSIC STAND 101 Weight Material Size when folded Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Music desk Rod combination Height adjustment Order No. nickel-colored 10100-013-11 black 10100-013-55 Accessories Carrying case 10111 Page 63 The Original - The 101 Classic by K&M Improved height adjustment 26
MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH COLLAPSIBLE DESK BASELINE 1.3 kg steel 490 mm from 625 to 1,240 mm 435 x 215 mm U-profile legs snap into socket traditionally foldable 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws different colors available MUSIC STAND 100/1 Weight Material Size when folded Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Music desk Rod combination Height adjustment Special Order No. ocean blue 10010-000-33 blue 10010-000-54 black 10010-000-55 white 10010-000-57 red 10010-000-59 lilac 10010-000-65 K&M’s colorful collection of music stands helps to make music fun for kids of all ages. Folding, 3-piece telescopic design. L (folded): 460 mm, Wt: 1.3 kg, MD: 435 x 215 mm, H: 625/1240 mm. Accessories Carrying case 10012 Page 63 27 For those who like plenty of color
MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH COLLAPSIBLE DESK MUSIC STAND MUSIC STAND MUSIC STAND »ROBBY PLUS« 100/5 Weight Material Size when folded Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Base diameter Music desk Rod combination Height adjustment Special BASELINE 1.4 kg steel 460 mm from 500 to 1,300 mm 435 x 215 x 42 mm brace construction, folds compactly 730 mm traditionally foldable 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws different colors avai- lable Order No. blue 10050-000-54 black 10050-000-55 red 10050-000-59 Accessories Carrying case 10012 Page 63 10052 Weight Material Size when folded Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Music desk Rod combination Height adjustment BASELINE 1.5 kg steel 580 mm from 640 to 1,500 mm 435 x 215 mm brace construction, folds compactly traditionally foldable 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws 10062 Weight Material Size when folded Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Music desk Rod combination Height adjustment Special extra high Special Order No. black 10052-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 10711 Page 63 Order No. black 10062-015-55 TOPLINE 1.75 kg steel 500 mm from 580 to 1,220 mm 485 x 240 x 42 mm U-profile legs with cross braces traditionally foldable 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws extra-wide, extra stable expandable music desk, with additional sheet holders (775 mm) Accessories Carrying case 10012 Page 63 Extra tall music stand (up to 1.500 mm) Expandable music desk 28
MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH COLLAPSIBLE DESK MUSIC STAND MUSIC STAND 10065 Weight Material Size when folded Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Base diameter Music desk Rod combination Height adjustment TOPLINE 1.55 kg steel 490 mm from 585 to 1,220 mm 485 x 240 x 42 mm U-profile legs with cross braces 690 mm traditionally foldable 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws Order No. nickel-colored 10065-000-11 black 10065-000-55 STARLINE 2.5 kg steel 670 mm from 675 to 1,475 mm 485 x 240 x 42 mm solid brace construc- tion, folds compactly 750 mm traditionally foldable 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws extremely stable 107 Weight Material Size when folded Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Base diameter Music desk Rod combination Height adjustment Special Order No. nickel-colored 10700-000-11 black 10700-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 10012 Page 63 Accessories Carrying case 10711 Page 63 29
MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH COLLAPSIBLE DESK STARLINE 2.5 kg steel 680 x 90 x 120 mm from 720 to 1,520 mm 500 x 240 x 42 mm U-profile legs with cross braces 780 mm traditionally foldable 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws MUSIC STAND 10810 Weight Material Size when folded Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Base diameter Music desk Rod combination Height adjustment Order No. black 10810-000-55 The most impressive stand in its class. This extremely stable design of stand has a sheet music desk of 500 x 240 mm – for size plus grandeur. The three-piece folding music stand has easy-to-use clamping elements. Its large music desk has plenty of room for heavy folders and is an alternative to a music stand with a plate. Accessories Carrying case 10811 Page 63 30
MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH NON-COLLAPSIBLE DESK BASELINE 3.02 kg steel from 610 to 1,080 mm 498 x 324 mm U-profile legs snap into socket 2-piece folding design quick-release lock non-scratching locking screw SCHOOL ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND 10068 Weight Material Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Height adjustment TOPLINE 2.27 kg steel stand, aluminum desk from 555 to 1,190 mm 480 x 300 mm U-profile legs with cross braces 3-piece folding design prismatic »V-block« connector non-scratching locking screws ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND 118/1 Weight Height Music desk dimensions (Alumi- num) Music desk dimensions (wood) Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Height adjustment TOPLINE 4.35 kg from 650 to 1,255 mm 520 x 359 x 57 mm 550 x 370 x 56 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design prismatic »V-block« connector non-scratching locking screw MUSIC STAND 12179 Weight Material Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Height adjustment Order No. black 12179-000-55 Order No. black 10068-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 11450 Page 63 Accessories Carrying case 11450 Page 63 Order No. chrome stand, walnut wooden desk 11811-050-02 chrome stand, black wooden desk 11812-000-02 black stand, black wooden desk 11812-000-55 black stand, black aluminum desk 11818-000-55 chrome stand, beech wooden desk 11819-500-02 Accessories Carrying case 11450 Page 63 With snap closure mechanism Prismatic »V-block« Connector Prismatic »V-block« Connector 31
MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH NON-COLLAPSIBLE DESK ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND 118/3 Weight Material Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Height adjustment Special TOPLINE 5.0 kg steel stand, wooden desk from 615 to 1,150 mm 550 x 440 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design prismatic »V-block« connector non-scratching locking screw additional shelf Order No. chrome stand with walnut wooden desk 11831-000-02 chrome stand with black wooden desk 11832-000-02 118/4 Weight Material Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Height adjustment TOPLINE 4.6 kg steel stand, wooden desk from 740 to 1,635 mm 550 x 355 mm socket with foldable legs 3-piece folding design prismatic »V-block« connector non-scratching locking screws Special extra high Order No. chrome stand, walnut wooden desk 11841-000-02 chrome stand, black wooden desk 11842-000-02 11870 Weight Material Size when folded Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special Order No. black 11870-015-55 TOPLINE 2.8 kg aluminum stand, steel desk 655 x 100 x 100 mm from 650 to 1,500 mm 490 x 340 x 50 mm tube legs with cross braces 3-piece folding design quick-release lock 750 mm user-friendly, quick-release lock Accessories Carrying case 11450 Page 63 Prismatic »V-block« Connector Prismatic »V-block« Connector Aluminum stand, steel desk Quick-release lock 32
MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH NON-COLLAPSIBLE DESK ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND TOPLINE 3.6 kg steel 730 x 100 x 100 mm from 740 to 1,270 mm 490 x 340 x 50 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design quick-release lock 750 mm user-friendly, quick-release lock 11940 Weight Material Size when folded Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special Order No. black 11940-000-55 TOPLINE 3.7 kg steel 730 x 100 x 100 mm from 740 to 1,270 mm 490 x 340 x 50 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design quick-release lock 750 mm user-friendly, quick-release lock 11960 Weight Material Size when folded Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special Order No. black 11960-000-55 12120 Weight Material Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Height adjustment Special Order No. black 12120-000-55 TOPLINE 2.64 kg steel stand, plastic desk from 545 to 1,220 mm 505 x 340 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design non-detachable clamping lever collapsible music desk; nylon bag is included Accessories Carrying case 11460 Page 63 Accessories Carrying case 11460 Page 63 User-friendly quick- release lock User-friendly quick- release lock Collapsible music desk made of plastic 33
ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND TOPLINE 3.14 kg steel stand, plastic desk from 720 to 1,550 mm 505 x 340 mm socket with foldable legs 3-piece folding design non-detachable clamping lever extra high; collapsible music desk; nylon bag is included 12125 Weight Material Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Height adjustment Special Order No. black 12125-000-55 Collapsible music desk made of plastic 34
MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH NON-COLLAPSIBLE DESK Music desk made of metal, covered with structural coating; U-profile legs snap into socket Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND TOPLINE 3.2 kg steel 95 x 95 x 735 mm from 678 to 1,250 mm 0° to 85° 500 x 320 mm U-profile legs snap into socket 2-piece folding design screw connection 666 mm Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull 11922 Weight Material Size when folded Height Angle of inclination Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special Order No. black 11922-000-55 Innovative orchestra music stand with infinitely variable height adjustment (friction lock). To ad- just the support height, from 678 to 1,250 mm, the tube combination is simply pushed apart or back again. For large, heavy music books weighing more than 2.5 kg, the height can be additionally secured by tightening the clamping sleeve. The large metal music desk measures 500 x 320 mm and is covered with a robust textured coating. The tilt of the music stand desk is also infinitely adjustable and large impact sound-absorbing rubber end caps ensure a safe and stable stand. Thanks to the retractable foot construction, the music stand is ideally suited for transport. 35
MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH NON-COLLAPSIBLE DESK ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND 11923 Weight Material Size when folded Height Angle of inclination Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special Order No. black 11923-000-55 TOPLINE 2.3 kg steel stand, plastic desk 95 x 95 x 735 mm from 678 to 1,250 mm 0° to 85° 500 x 320 mm U-profile legs snap into socket 2-piece folding design screw connection 666 mm Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull 11924 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special Order No. black 11924-000-55 TOPLINE 3.0 kg steel from 750 to 1,280 mm 0° to 85° 500 x 320 mm fixed 2-piece folding design screw connection 535 mm stackable; Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull TOPLINE 2.2 kg steel stand, plastic desk from 750 to 1,280 mm 0° to 85° 500 x 320 mm fixed 2-piece folding design screw connection 535 mm stackable; Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull 11925 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special Order No. black 11925-000-55 Accessories Wagon for orchestra music stands 11934 Page 39 Accessories Wagon for orchestra music stands 11934 Page 39 Only weighs 2.3 kg; Durable polycarbonate music desk is light, shock and scratch resistant; U-profile legs snap into socket Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull Music desk made of metal, covered with structural coating; Fixed screw-in legs Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull Only weighs 2.2 kg; Durable polycarbonate music desk is light, shock and scratch resistant; Fixed screw-in legs Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull 36
MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH NON-COLLAPSIBLE DESK ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND 11926 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special TOPLINE 3.3 kg steel from 653 to 1,185 mm 0° to 85° 500 x 320 mm leg base screwable 2-piece folding design screw connection 492 mm Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull Order No. black 11926-000-55 11927 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special Order No. black 11927-000-55 TOPLINE 2.5 kg steel stand, plastic desk from 653 to 1,185 mm 0° to 85° 500 x 320 mm leg base screwable 2-piece folding design screw connection 492 mm Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull TOPLINE 4.3 kg steel stand, aluminum desk from 680 to 1,210 mm 520 x 360 x 57 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design prismatic »V-block« connector 680 mm non-scratching locking screw 3 mm thick music desk, can also be used as a writing surface 11920 Weight Material Height Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Height adjustment Special Order No. black 11920-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 11450 Page 63 Music desk made of metal, covered with structural coating; Space-saving base construction Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull Only weighs 2.5 kg; Durable polycar- bonate music desk is light, shock and scratch resistant; Space-saving base construction Friction Lock: Quick height adjustment by push and pull Prismatic »V-block« Connector 37
MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH NON-COLLAPSIBLE DESK Optional: Trolley 11934 for transport and storage for up to 12 orchestra music stands 38 ORCHESTRA MUSIC STAND »OVERTURE« TOPLINE 3.5 kg steel from 760 to 1,300 mm 0° to 90° 500 x 320 x 56 mm fixed 2-piece folding design non-detachable 535 mm stackable; height adjustment by using clamping lever 11930 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Music desk dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special Order No. black 11930-000-55 Stackable orchestra music stand with a contem- porary look. This music stand has been specially designed for venues such as schools, concert halls, halls etc. It is absolutely ideal for whenever several orchestra music stands need to be set up and cleared away quickly or when storage space is limited. The minimum stacking distance is only 70 mm. Height adjustment is very easy by just using the clamping lever. The tension of the lever can be adjusted to your needs. The height can be continuously adjusted between 760 and 1.300 mm. The angle of the music stand desk can also be adjusted continuously. Wagon 11934-000-55 for up to 12 orchestra music stands is also optionally available for transport and storage. Accessories Wagon for orchestra music stands 11934 Carrying case 11450 Page 39 63
MUSIC STANDS · MUSIC STANDS WITH NON-COLLAPSIBLE DESK WAGON FOR ORCHESTRA MUSIC STANDS COVER FOR WAGON TOPLINE 0.26 kg nylon 1,070 x 950 x 520 mm 11937 Weight Material Dimensions Order No. 11937-000-00 TOPLINE 13.5 kg steel 1,180 x 490 x 165 mm 11924, 11925, 11930 for up to 12 orchestra music stands; with 2 castor wheels with locking brakes as well as 2 heavy-duty castors; includes one expander rope 11934 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special Order No. black 11934-000-55 For transport and storage from up to 12 orchestra music stands 11924, 11925, 11930 39
MUSIC STANDS · CONDUCTOR STANDS THE MODULAR K&M ORCHESTRA CONDUCTOR STANDS (Page 41 – 42) 12332 ORCHESTRA CONDUCTOR STAND DESK Page 41 12335 CONDUCTOR STAND DESK WITH SHELVES Page 42 12338 EXTENDABLE CONDUCTOR STAND DESK Page 42 12337 SCORE TRAY Page 42 12330 ORCHESTRA CONDUCTOR STAND BASE Page 41 40 12331 ORCHESTRA CONDUCTOR STAND BASE Page 41
MUSIC STANDS · CONDUCTOR STANDS ORCHESTRA CONDUCTOR STAND BASE ORCHESTRA CONDUCTOR STAND BASE ORCHESTRA CONDUCTOR STAND DESK 12330 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Base diameter Special Order No. black 12330-000-55 Accessories Orchestra conductor stand desk 12333 Orchestra conductor stand desk 12335 Orchestra conductor stand desk 12338 Score tray 12337 8.1 kg steel from 840 to 1,400 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design screw connection 700 mm height is adjusted in 40 mm steps and is set using a metal lever 12331 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Special Order No. black 12331-000-55 4.2 kg steel from 850 to 1,370 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design screw connection height is adjusted in 40 mm steps and is set using a metal lever 12333 Weight Material Music desk dimensions Connection stand/ plate Fits Order No. black 12333-000-55 3.7 kg wood 800 x 400 mm screw connection 12330, 12331 Page Accessories Page 41 42 42 42 Orchestra conductor stand desk 12333 Orchestra conductor stand desk 12335 Orchestra conductor stand desk 12338 Score tray 12337 41 42 42 42 41
MUSIC STANDS · CONDUCTOR STANDS ORCHESTRA CONDUCTOR STAND DESK ORCHESTRA CONDUCTOR STAND DESK 4.3 kg wood 800 x 465 mm screw connection 12330, 12331 with shelves 12335 Weight Material Music desk dimensions Connection stand/ plate Fits Special Order No. black 12335-000-55 3.95 kg wood 575 x 360 mm screw connection 12330, 12331 extendable up to 870 mm 12338 Weight Material Music desk dimensions Connection stand/ plate Fits Special Order No. black 12338-000-55 SCORE TRAY 12337 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for tubing diameter of Fits Order No. black 12337-000-55 3.7 kg wood 700 x 350 mm 35 to 42 mm 12330, 12331 42
MUSIC STANDS · ACCESSORIES FOR ORCHESTRA SOUND INSULATION STAND SOUND INSULATION ELEMENT FOR ORCHESTRA SEATS WITH BACKREST ACOUSTIC ABSORBER WITH VELCRO STRIP 0.13 kg foam pads 605 x 240 x 50 mm 11900, 11905 3.02 kg stand steel, acrylic glass shield from 900 to 1,400 mm 450 x 240 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design prismatic »V-block« connector 670 mm can be used on both sides (concave, convex) 11900 Weight Material Height Dimensions shield Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ shield Base diameter Special Order No. black 11900-000-55 11905 Weight Material Height Dimensions shield Connection stand/ shield Fits Special Order No. black 11905-000-55 11901 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Order No. anthracite 11901-000-62 1.75 kg stand steel, acrylic glass shield 700 mm 450 x 240 mm prismatic »V-block« connector 13420, 13430, 13435, 13440, 13460, 13470, 13480 can be used on both sides (concave, convex) Accessories Acoustic absorber with Velcro strip 11901 Page 43 Accessories Acoustic absorber with Velcro strip 11901 Page 43 Prismatic »V-block« Connector Can be attached to the individual backrest bar. With prismatic »V-block« connector. For use with Sound insulation stands 11900 and 11905. 43
PROTECTIVE SHIELD WITH STAND 4.0 kg stand steel, acrylic glass plate from 1,075 to 1,600 mm 600 x 600 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design prismatic »V-block« connector 685 mm 11903 Weight Material Height Dimensions shield Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ shield Base diameter Order No. black 11903-000-55 44
MUSIC STANDS · ACCESSORIES FOR ORCHESTRA THE CONDUCTOR PODIUM – CONFIGURABLE TO YOUR NEEDS (Page 46 – 47) 11991 RAILING FOR CONDUCTOR PODIUM Page 46 11994 STAIR FOR CONDUCTOR PODIUM Page 47 11990 CONDUCTOR PODIUM Page 46 11995 CURTAIN FOR CONDUCTOR PODIUM Page 47 FEET FOR CONDUCTOR PODIUM Page 46/47 45
MUSIC STANDS · ACCESSORIES FOR ORCHESTRA CONDUCTOR PODIUM RAILING FOR CONDUCTOR PODIUM FEET FOR CONDUCTOR PODIUM 21.0 kg aluminum 1,000 x 1,000 x 96 mm with noise filtering carpet 11990 Weight Material Dimensions Special Order No. black 11990-000-55 Accessories Page Railing for conductor podium 11991 46 Feet for conductor podium 11992 46 Feet for conductor podium 11993 47 Stair for conductor podium 11994 47 Curtain for conductor podium 11995 47 5.82 kg steel 1,002 mm 882 mm 11990 two adapter pins are included 11991 Weight Material Height Width Fits Special Order No. 11991-000-00 11992 Weight Material Dimensions diameter Fits Special Order No. 11992-000-00 0.31 kg aluminum 50 x 182 mm 11990 with integrated levelling screws to adjust for uneven surfaces; for conductor podium hight 20 cm 46
MUSIC STANDS · ACCESSORIES FOR ORCHESTRA FEET FOR CONDUCTOR PODIUM STAIR FOR CONDUCTOR PODIUM CURTAIN FOR CONDUCTOR PODIUM 11993 Weight Material Dimensions diameter Fits Special Order No. 11993-000-00 0.47 kg aluminum 50 x 382 mm 11990 with integrated levelling screws to adjust for uneven surfaces; for conductor podium hight 40 cm 11994 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special Order No. 11994-000-00 10.84 kg steel 990 x 369 x 200 mm 11990, 11993 feet are equipped with levelling screws to adjust for uneven surfaces 11995 Weight Material Width Height Fits Special Order No. black 11995-000-55 0.26 kg polyester 1,000 mm 400 mm 11990, 11993 aluminum profile/frame with a Velcro strip included Accessories Stair for conductor podium 11994 47 Curtain for conductor podium 11995 47 Page 47
MUSIC STANDS · WOODEN MUSIC STANDS WOODEN MUSIC STAND WOODEN MUSIC STAND 2.81 kg beech wood from 715 to 1,225 mm 460 x 300 mm 2-piece folding design screw connection 116/1 Weight Material Height Music desk dimensions Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Order No. walnut colored 11611-000-00 beech colored 11616-000-00 cherrywood colored 11617-000-00 117 Weight Material Height Music desk dimensions Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Special Order No. walnut colored 11701-000-00 beech colored 11706-000-00 cherrywood colored 11707-000-00 3.28 kg beech wood from 960 to 1,320 mm 450 x 310 mm 2-piece folding design screw connection curved baroque design 48
TABLE MUSIC STAND 0.28 kg steel 260 x 47 x 37 mm 500 x 200 mm Expandable, folding table-top music stand with sheet music retainers; also for zither players 124 Weight Material Size when folded Music desk dimensions Special Order No. nickel-colored 12400-000-11 49
MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS 1.75 kg Base zinc die-cast, gooseneck steel, plastic lamp shade electric cable 3 m 230 V AC 50 Hz ~2,500 lux 12 LEDs only mains operation gooseneck 296 mm includes power adapter; very bright LED piano lamp LED PIANO LAMP 12297 Weight Material Connection Electrical connec- tion data Intensity Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Lamp shade length Special Order No. gold-colored 12297-000-40 black 12297-000-55 Very bright LED piano lamp with 12 LEDs (2500 Lux). Includes power adapter. 50
MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS 1.5 kg Base zinc die-cast, gooseneck steel, plastic lamp shade electric cable 3 m 230 V AC 50 Hz ~2,500 lux 12 LEDs only mains operation gooseneck 300 mm includes power adapter; brightness dimmable; warm white light (3000 K), Flux: 230 Lumen LED PIANO LAMP 12298 Weight Material Connection Electrical connection data Intensity Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Lamp shade length Special Order No. gold-colored 12298-000-40 black 12298-000-55 white 12298-000-57 silver 12298-000-63 Piano lamp with elegant design. State-of-the-art LED technology ensures pleasant warm white light (3000 K, 12 LEDs, 2500 Lux), long life and low energy consumption. A variable dimmer switch adjusts the brightness. Optimum posi- tioning thanks to a long and flexible gooseneck (415 mm length). The heavy base ensures a stable stand. Power supply is included. 51 Color temperature of 3000 Kelvin, 12 LEDs (2500 Lux). Brightness is adjusted using a variable dimmer switch Includes power adapter.
MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS MUSIC STAND LIGHT »LED FLEXLIGHT« MUSIC STAND LIGHT »2 LED FLEXLIGHT« MUSIC STAND LIGHT »DOUBLE LED FLEXLIGHT« 0.08 kg plastic ~800 lux up to 25 mm 1 LED battery operation 3 x Micro (AAA) 1.5 V gooseneck batteries included 12241 Weight Material Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Special Order No. black 12241-000-55 Accessories Base »FlexLight« 12256 Page 62 12242 Weight Material Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Special Order No. black 12242-000-55 0.05 kg plastic ~1,150 lux up to 25 mm 2 LEDs battery operation 3 x Micro (AAA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit gooseneck batteries included 0.06 kg plastic 2 x ~700 lux up to 25 mm 2 LEDs battery operation 3 x Micro (AAA) 1.5 V goosenecks batteries included 12243 Weight Material Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Special Order No. black 12243-000-55 Accessories Base »FlexLight« 12256 Page 62 Accessories Base »FlexLight« 12256 Power unit »FlexLight« 12257 Page 62 62 Battery operation or mains power possible 52
MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS MUSIC STAND LIGHT »DOUBLE2 LED FLEXLIGHT« MUSIC STAND LIGHT »2 LED FLEXLIGHT RECHARGEABLE« MUSIC STAND LIGHT »DOUBLE2 LED FLEXLIGHT RECHARGEABLE« 0.09 kg plastic ~1,150 lux up to 25 mm 2 LEDs rechargeble battery gooseneck USB charging cable included 12263 Weight Material Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Special Order No. black 12263-000-55 12259 Weight Material Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Special Order No. black 12259-000-55 0.11 kg plastic 2 x ~1,300 lux up to 25 mm 2 x 2 LEDs rechargeble battery goosenecks USB charging cable included 0.07 kg plastic 2 x ~1,300 lux up to 25 mm 2 x 2 LEDs battery operation 3 x Micro (AAA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit goosenecks batteries included 12244 Weight Material Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Special Order No. black 12244-000-55 Accessories Base »FlexLight« 12256 Power unit »FlexLight« 12257 Page 62 62 Rechargeble battery / USB cable included Rechargeble battery / USB cable included Battery operation or mains power possible Clamping range up to 25 mm 53
MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS MUSIC STAND LIGHT »DOUBLE4 LED FLEXLIGHT« SET 0.2 kg plastic electric cable 3 m 110 V to 240 V AC 50 Hz - 60 Hz 2 x ~1,700 lux up to 25 mm 2 x 4 LEDs battery operation 3 x Micro (AAA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit goosenecks switch between 2 levels of brightness; batteries and power adapter included 12245 Weight Material Connection Electrical connec- tion data Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Special Order No. black 12245-000-55 Accessories Base »FlexLight« 12256 Page 62 Set: batteries and power adapter included 54
MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS MUSIC STAND LIGHT »DOUBLE4 LED FLEXLIGHT« 0.07 kg plastic 2 x ~1,700 lux up to 25 mm 2 x 4 LEDs battery operation 3 x Micro (AAA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit goosenecks switch between 2 levels of brightness; batteries included 12246 Weight Material Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Special Order No. black 12246-000-55 Powerful and multifunctional dual-headed light with 2 flexible goosenecks which allow the musician to focus light to a pinpoint or evenly over a larger area. The light provides comfort and versatility to accommodate a variety of lighting needs through 4 powerful LEDs rated for 100,000 hours on each head and two brightness settings. The latest LED technology guarantees a bright light source and minimal energy consumption. A practical and extra-wide clip provides for easy attachment to all music desks or table tops with a thickness of 25 mm. The light is powered by 3 (1.5 V AAA) batteries (included) with a typical battery life of 10 hours. Powered also by AC adapter (not included). Accessories Base »FlexLight« 12256 Power unit »FlexLight« 12257 Page 62 62 55 Battery operation or mains power possible
MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS MUSIC STAND LIGHT »T-MODEL LED FLEXLIGHT« MUSIC STAND LIGHT »T-MODEL LED FLEXLIGHT RECHARGEABLE« MUSIC STAND LIGHT »4 LED T-MODEL FLEXLIGHT« 0.1 kg plastic ~4,200 lux up to 25 mm 8 LEDs battery operation 3 x Micro (AAA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit gooseneck 72 mm switch between 2 levels of brightness; batteries and bag included 12264 Weight Material Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Lamp shade length Special Order No. black 12264-000-55 12247 Weight Material Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Lamp shade length Special Order No. black 12247-000-55 Accessories Base »FlexLight« 12256 Power unit »FlexLight« 12257 Page 62 62 0.14 kg plastic ~4,200 lux up to 25 mm 8 LEDs rechargeble battery gooseneck 61 mm switch between 2 levels of brightness; USB charging cable included 12274 Weight Material Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Lamp shade length Special 0.06 kg plastic up to 25 mm 4 LEDs battery operation 3 x Micro (AAA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit gooseneck 40 mm switch between 2 levels of brightness; color temperature of 3000 Kelvin, Flux: 32 Lumen; integrated magnet; batteries included Order No. black 12274-000-55 Accessories Power unit »FlexLight« 12257 Page 62 Color temperature of 3000 Kelvin Battery operation or mains power possible Integrated magnet Battery operation or mains power possible 56
MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS MUSIC STAND LIGHT »DOUBLE4 LED T-MODEL FLEXLIGHT« 0.1 kg plastic up to 25 mm 2 x 4 LEDs battery operation 3 x Micro (AAA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit gooseneck 80 mm switch between 2 levels of brightness; color temperature of 3000 Kelvin, Flux: 64 Lumen; batteries included 12273 Weight Material Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Lamp shade length Special Order No. black 12273-000-55 Powerful and multifunctional dual-headed light with 2 flexible goosenecks which allow the musician to focus light to a pinpoint or evenly over a larger area. The light provides comfort and versatility to accommodate a variety of lighting needs through 4 powerful LEDs rated for 100,000 hours on each head and two brightness settings. The pleasant warm white light is equal to a color temperature of 3000 Kelvin. The latest LED technology guarantees a bright light source and minimal energy consumption. A practical and extra-wide clip provides for easy attachment to all music desks or table tops with a thickness of 25 mm. The light is powered by 3 (1.5 V AAA) batteries (included) with a typical battery life of 10 hours. Powered also by AC adapter (not included). Accessories Base »FlexLight« 12256 Power unit »FlexLight« 12257 Page 62 62 57 Color temperature of 3000 Kelvin Battery operation or mains power possible
MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS MUSIC STAND LIGHT »CONCERT LIGHT« 12248 Weight Material Connection Electrical connec- tion data Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Lamp shade length Special 0.35 kg plastic electric cable 3 m 110 V to 240 V AC 50 Hz - 60 Hz up to 25 mm 6 LEDs battery operation 3 x Micro (AAA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit gooseneck 150 mm switch between 2 levels of brightness; batteries, power adapter and carrying case included Order No. black 12248-000-55 Accessories Base »FlexLight« 12256 Page 62 Set: Batteries, power adapter and carrying case included 58
MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS MUSIC STAND LIGHT »ORCHESTRA LIGHT EOS« 0.52 kg plastic electric cable 3 m 110 V to 240 V AC 50 Hz - 60 Hz up to 20 mm 9 LEDs battery operation 3 x Mignon (AA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit gooseneck 210 mm switch between 2 levels of brightness; batteries, power adapter and carrying case included 12249 Weight Material Connection Electrical connection data Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Lamp shade length Special Order No. black 12249-000-55 Professional orchestra light with batteries and power supply. Nine extra bright and energy- efficient LEDs provide consistent and vibrant lighting. The flexible gooseneck is fully adjusta- ble. The light has a switch with two brightness levels. The light cone is limited to the music sheet through an anti-glare shield. An extra- strong clip provides a secure grip on music stands. The complete set is comprised of 3 AA 1.5 V batteries, a power supply with a 3 m cord, as well as a durable carrying case. 59 Set: Batteries, power adapter and carrying case included
MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS MUSIC STAND LIGHT »ORCHESTRA LIGHT RECHARGEABLE« NEW MUSIC STAND LIGHT »TWIN HEAD« MUSIC STAND LIGHT »TWIN HEAD PRO« 0.25 kg plastic ~1,400 lux up to 20 mm 12 LEDs rechargeble battery gooseneck 300 mm 2 levels of brightness and 3 color temperatu- res can be switche; USB charging cable included 12266 Weight Material Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Lamp shade length Special Order No. black 12266-000-55 12270 Weight Material Size when folded Connection Electrical connec- tion data Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Special 0.28 kg plastic 165 x 100 x 55 mm electric cable 3 m 110 V to 240 V AC 50 Hz - 60 Hz 2 x ~1,400 lux up to 25 mm 2 x 4 LEDs battery operation 3 x Mignon (AA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit goosenecks newest LED techno- logy; bright and focused light; both light heads work individually; batteries and power adapter included 12271 Weight Material Size when folded Connection Electrical connec- tion data Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Special 0.33 kg plastic 175 x 170 x 60 mm electric cable 3 m 110 V to 240 V AC 50 Hz - 60 Hz 2 x ~2,500 lux up to 25 mm 2 x 6 LEDs battery operation 3 x Mignon (AA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit goosenecks newest LED techno- logy; brightness dimmable: warm white light; both light heads work individually; batteries and power adapter included Order No. black 12270-000-55 Order No. black 12271-000-55 Brightness dimmable via a rotary knob For music desks up to 25 mm thickness Brightness dimmable via a rotary knob For music desks up to 25 mm thickness 60
MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS MUSIC STAND LIGHT »DIMMER LIGHT« 12295 Weight Material Connection Electrical connection data Intensity Clamping range Lighting appliance Power supply Light positioning by Lamp shade length Special 0.42 kg steel electric cable 3 m 110 V to 240 V AC 50 Hz - 60 Hz 2 x ~2,500 lux up to 25 mm 2 x 6 LEDs battery operation 3 x Mignon (AA) 1.5 V or mains power with power unit gooseneck 300 mm 12 energy saving and durable LEDs; brightness dimmable; color temperature of 3000 Kelvin; batteries and power adapter included Order No. black 12295-018-55 Equipped with 12 energy saving and durable LEDs, guarantees optimal music desk lighting. The re-designed light can now be operated with batteries or with a power supply. The brightness is adjusted using a variable dimmer switch. The flexible gooseneck ensures that the light is ide- ally positioned. A handy clip provides for easy attachment to all music desks with a thickness of 25 mm. Includes a power supply with a 3 m cord and 3 AA batteries. 61 Brightness is adjusted using a variable dimmer switch
MUSIC STANDS · LIGHTS BASE »FLEXLIGHT« POWER UNIT »FLEXLIGHT« DIMMABLE LED LIGHT BULB NEW 0.06 kg plastic 12241, 12242, 12243, 12244, 12245, 12246, 12247, 12248, 12273 12256 Weight Material Fits Order No. black 12256-000-55 12257 Weight Connection Input Output Fits Special Order No. black 12257-000-00 12291 Weight Length Power output Socket Order No. 12291-000-00 0.1 kg electric cable 3 m 100 to 240 V AC 5 V DC 12242, 12244, 12246, 12247, 12273, 12274 can also be used as replacement for 12245, 12248, 12249, 12270 and 12295 0.02 kg 120 mm 2.5 watt E 14 62
MUSIC STANDS · ACCESSORIES CARRYING CASE CARRYING CASE CARRYING CASE 0.12 kg nylon 540 mm shoulder strap hook-and-loop fastener 100/1, 100/5, 10062, 10065, 15239, 19759 10012 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 10012-000-00 10111 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener 0.08 kg nylon 400 mm handle hook-and-loop fastener 10711 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits 101 Fits Order No. 10111-000-00 Order No. 10711-000-00 0.21 kg nylon 680 mm shoulder strap hook-and-loop fastener 10052, 107 CARRYING CASE CARRYING CASE CARRYING CASE 0.22 kg nylon 700 mm handle zip fastener 10810, 141/1, 149/9, 14950, 14951, 14985, 15060, 15239, 252, 259, 259/1, 28130 10811 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 10811-000-00 11450 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 11450-000-00 0.82 kg nylon 700 x 120 x 450 mm handle and shoulder straps zip fastener 10068, 118/1, 11870, 11920, 11930, 12150, 12151, 12155, 12179, 14960 2 internal compart- ments and outside pocket 11460 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 11460-000-00 0.57 kg nylon 820 x 100 x 380 mm handle zip fastener 11940, 11960 2 internal compart- ments and outside pocket for music and accessories 63
MUSIC STANDS · ACCESSORIES MUSIC AND INSTRUMENT TRAY MUSIC AND INSTRUMENT TRAY MUSIC AND INSTRUMENT TRAY 122a Weight Material Dimensions Screw-on to Special Order No. walnut 12211-000-55 0.4 kg wood 390 x 120 mm tube diameter 30 mm with felt inner-lining 12215 Weight Material Dimensions Screw-on to Order No. structured black 12215-000-56 0.6 kg steel 368 x 126 x 19 mm tube diameter 30 mm 0.48 kg aluminum 390 x 125 mm tube diameter 30 mm with felt inner-lining 12218 Weight Material Dimensions Screw-on to Special Order No. black 12218-000-55 NEW TRAY SHEET MUSIC HOLDER 0.64 kg steel 230 x 170 mm tube diameter 30 mm can be rotated 360° 12225 Weight Material Dimensions Screw-on to Special 2.0 kg steel 250 x 330 mm tube diameter 30 mm can/cup holder is included; with slot for convenient cable routing; a foam insert is included 13105 Weight Material Dimensions Screw-on to Special Order No. black 13105-000-55 0.35 kg aluminum 90 x 240 x 130 mm tube diameter 30 mm collapsible Order No. black 12225-020-55 Practical sheet music holder; folds small TRAY 12222 Weight Material Dimensions Screw-on to Special Order No. structured black 12222-000-56 64
MUSIC STANDS · ACCESSORIES MAGNET 115/6 Weight Dimensions Special Order No. black with K&M logo 11560-000-55 POWER MAGNET SHEET MUSIC CLIPS »FIX´N CLIP« 0.04 kg 58 x 27 mm with felt lining; imprint of customer logos is possible 11580 Weight Material Dimensions diameter Special 0.05 kg steel 12 x 16 mm Strong magnetic power - mini size; 2 magnets in blister packaging Order No. zinc-plated (unit: 2 pcs.) 11580-000-29 zinc-plated (unit: 10 pcs.) 11581-000-29 0.03 kg plastic 85 x 25 x 40 mm with magnetic back; attractive display packaging with 24 units 16055 Weight Material Dimensions Special Order No. unit: 24 pcs. 16055-024-00 SHEET MUSIC CLIP STEM GLASS HOLDER NEW CAN HOLDER 0.03 kg plastic 51 x 50 x 22 mm 4 pieces in a poly bag 16017 Weight Material Screw-on to Order No. black 16017-000-55 16060 Weight Material Dimensions Special Order No. black (unit: 4 pcs.) 16060-000-55 black (unit: 100 pcs.) 16060-100-55 0.15 kg steel tube diameter 30 mm 0.15 kg plastic, steel tube diameter 30 mm cans and smaller bottles with maximum diameter of 70 mm 16024 Weight Material Screw-on to Suitable for Order No. black 16024-000-55 65
MUSIC STANDS · ACCESSORIES DRINK HOLDER DRINK HOLDER DRINK HOLDER »BIOBASED« 16018 Weight Material Screw-on to Height Suitable for Order No. black 16018-000-55 0.27 kg steel tube diameter 30 mm 80 mm bottles, glasses and cups with maximum diameter of 85 mm 16019 Weight Material Clamping range Height Suitable for Order No. black 16019-000-55 0.34 kg steel up to 40 mm 80 mm bottles, glasses and cups with maximum diameter of 85 mm 16027 Weight Material Screw-on to Suitable for Order No. black 16027-000-55 0.13 kg Bio-based plastic tube diameter 30 mm bottles, glasses and cups with maximum diameter of 95 mm Stable holder made of metal for placing jars with a diameter of maximum 85 mm For bottles, glasses and cups with maximum diameter of 85 mm UNIVERSAL DRINK HOLDER UNIVERSAL DRINK HOLDER XL PENCIL HOLDER 0.39 kg steel tube diameter 30 mm bottles, glasses and cups with maximum diameter of 95 mm 16022 Weight Material Screw-on to Suitable for Order No. black 16022-000-55 16026 Weight Material Screw-on to Suitable for Special Order No. black 16026-000-55 0.38 kg steel tube diameter 30 mm bottles, glasses and cups with maximum diameter of 116 mm ideal for holding mugs, beer mugs and large bottles 16092 Weight Material 0.0 kg plastic Suitable for tubing diameter of 13 to 15 mm Order No. black 16092-000-55 66
MUSIC STANDS · ACCESSORIES PENCIL HOLDER PENCIL HOLDER HOLDING MAGNET WITH PENCIL 16094 Weight Material 0.0 kg plastic 16096 Weight Material 0.0 kg plastic 16099 Weight Special Suitable for tubing diameter of 20 to 22 mm Suitable for tubing diameter of 24 to 26 mm 0.01 kg for all pencils with a diameter of 6 to 7.5 mm Order No. black 16094-000-55 Order No. black 16096-000-55 Order No. natural 16099-000-00 natural (unit: 50 pcs.) 16099-050-00 black 16099-000-55 black (unit: 50 pcs.) 16099-050-55 white 16099-000-57 white (unit: 50 pcs.) 16099-050-57 67
Stands and accessories for instruments The König & Meyer portfolio offers an enormous variety of products in the field of professional instrument stands: from all-round guitar stands to stands for rare musical instruments, we can meet every need. Compact or custom-fit, classic or new invention: All products are backed by over 75 years of experien- ce and know-how. We guarantee their quality and stability through continuous precision testing. This is how we constantly optimize. In keeping with this commitment, our stands have been setting stan- dards in function and workmanship for many years. 69
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS E-GUITAR STAND A-GUITAR STAND 17540 Weight Material Height Width-adjustable Suitable for Instrument support Adjustment 1.86 kg steel 420 mm from 220 to 350 mm electric guitars non-marring material locking screw with push-button system 17541 Weight Material Height Width-adjustable Suitable for Instrument support Adjustment 1.93 kg steel 420 mm from 220 to 350 mm acoustic guitars non-marring material locking screw with push-button system Order No. black with translucent support elements 17540-013-00 black 17540-013-55 cork 17540-013-95 Order No. black 17541-013-55 cork 17541-013-95 Stable and easy to adjust and fold by push-button system GUITAR STAND »MEMPHIS TRAVEL« 17550 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support depth Suitable for Instrument support Special Order No. black anodized 17550-000-35 0.46 kg aluminum 290 mm 275 mm from 68 to 127 mm acoustic and electric guitars non-marring material fits in almost every Gig Bag; very light; folds very small; instrument support arms adjust to fit various guitar sizes; the two feet which can be folded out at the front ensure additional stability Fits in almost every Gig Bag Adjustable support arms for electric and acoustic guitars With exclusive non- marring material to protect instrument finishes 70 p02e.k-m.de Product video
E+A GUITAR STAND »DUET« 17570 Weight Material Size when folded Height Width-adjustable Suitable for Instrument support Adjustment Special 1.23 kg steel 310 x 81 x 410 mm 375 mm from 195 to 255 mm acoustic and electric guitars non-marring material locking screw with push-button system integrated pick holder Order No. black with translucent support elements 17570-000-00 Stable and easy to adjust and fold by push-button system With exclusive non- marring material to protect instrument finishes 71
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS Modern design; with pick holders 72 A-GUITAR STAND »HELI 2« 0.95 kg steel 365 x 295 x 30 mm 330 mm from 185 to 230 mm acoustic guitars non-marring material foldable by bracket with hinge also for headless guitars, cellos and french horns; easy to transport and store; integrated guitar pick holders, 2 picks included 17580 Weight Material Size when folded Height Width-adjustable Suitable for Instrument support Adjustment Special Order No. blue 17580-014-54 black 17580-014-55 red 17580-014-59 cork 17580-014-95 The instrument is particularly well cared for thanks to the elaborate rubber structure. With the innovative adjustable cross bar, guitars of different sizes or even other instru- ments such as a cello or French horn can be placed on the stand. For storage and transport the stand folds flat. In addition, we provide a practical transport lock. An additional feature includes integrated guitar pick holders. Heli 2 is available in black, red, blue and cork. Width- adjustable from 185 to 230 mm. Wt: 0.95 kg, H: 330 mm.
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS E-GUITAR STAND »HELI 2« E-GUITAR STAND »WAVE 20« A-GUITAR STAND »WAVE 10« 1.32 kg steel 380 x 290 x 33 mm 350 mm from 185 to 230 mm electric guitars non-marring material foldable by bracket with hinge New in 4 positions adjustable support system 17590 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support depth Suitable for Adjustment Order No. black 17590-000-55 0.48 kg plastic 213 x 26 x 290 mm 290 mm 58 mm electric guitars 5-way width adjustable by two cross braces with inserted screw 0.58 kg plastic 290 x 26 x 320 mm 320 mm 135 m acoustic guitars 5-way width adjustable by two cross braces with inserted screw also for french horns, cellos, banjos 17591 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support depth Suitable for Adjustment Special Order No. black 17591-000-55 17581 Weight Material Size when folded Height Width-adjustable Suitable for Instrument support Adjustment Special Order No. black 17581-014-55 cork 17581-014-95 In four positions adjustable support system 73
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS GUITAR STAND »MEMPHIS 20« GUITAR STAND »MEMPHIS 10« GUITAR STAND »MEMPHIS PRO« 1.08 kg steel 735 mm from 68 to 127 mm acoustic and electric guitars with safety strap non-marring material clamping lever instrument support arms adjust to fit various guitar sizes 17685 Weight Material Height Support depth Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Adjustment Special Order No. black 17685-000-55 17680 Weight Material Height Rod combination Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Adjustment Special Order No. black 17680-000-55 1.6 kg steel from 550 to 1,120 mm 2-piece folding design acoustic and electric guitars with safety strap foam pads clamping lever anti-twist feature on the extension rod 17670 Weight Material Height Rod combination Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Adjustment Special 1.5 kg steel from 550 to 1,000 mm 2-piece folding design acoustic and electric guitars self-locking non-marring rubber clamping lever folds small; patented flexible hook- ing-in and clamping system; studs at support arms provide extra protection; anti-twist feature on the extension rod; suitable for asymmetric guitar necks Order No. black 17670-000-55 Patented flexible hooking- in and clamping system p03e.k-m.de product video 74
Functional neck lock STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS GUITAR STAND »CARLOS« 1.1 kg plastic 790 x 515 x 85 mm 760 mm 125 mm 410 x 515 mm acoustic and electric guitars with safety strap felt pads folds flat; functional neck lock (Security Lock) 17650 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support depth Base dimensions Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Special Order No. black 17650-000-55 Unique guitar stand in a tall A-frame design for acoustic or electric guitars. The durable and light one-piece plastic construction stands for functionality and stability. The guitar stand folds flat for easy transport. The support arms with soft felt pads protect the bottom of the guitar from scratches and damage. The stand is suitable for all kind of guitar lacquers, including nitro lacquer. The functional neck lock provides for a secure hold when the guitar is placed on the stand. Attractive design, perfect for home and studio 75
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS GUITAR STAND »DOUBLE« FOUR GUITAR STAND »ROADIE« 2.05 kg steel 750 x 260 mm from 800 to 1,300 mm 2-piece folding design acoustic and electric guitars self-locking non-marring material 760 mm to hook 2 guitars; suitable for all guitars with headstock, basses, acoustic guitars, ukuleles, banjos etc. 17620 Weight Material Size when folded Height Rod combination Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Base diameter Special Order No. black 17620-000-55 17605 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Rod combination Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Adjustment Special 4.79 kg steel from 1,030 to 1,185 mm 660 x 350 mm 2-piece folding design acoustic and electric guitars fixed non-marring material in 3 steps suitable for 4 guitars; also for special V- and X-shaped guitar models; also suitable for guitars with attached cable connectors and straps; foldable for transport Accessories Carrying case 18846 Page 181 Order No. black with translucent support elements 17605-000-00 Suitable for unusually shaped guitars Foldable for transport The patented hanger is suitable for all types of guitar headstocks 76
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS p08e.k-m.de product video Translucent elements – suitable for all kind of lacquers, including nitro lacquer Suitable for acoustic and electrical guitars Optional: Caster set 17510 FIVE GUITAR STAND »GUARDIAN 5« 17515 Weight Material Size when folded Height Base dimensions Suitable for 4.65 kg plastic 996 x 670 x 173 mm 700 mm 996 x 335 mm acoustic and electric guitars Instrument support non-marring material Special Protective bars prevent damage from bumps or knocking; additional slots for electric guitars; holds the guitar’s neck without touch- ing the strings; integrated pick holders Order No. black with translucent support elements 17515-016-00 black 17515-016-55 The »Guardian« holds 5 guitars securely, no matter whether you have acoustic, electrical or bass guitars. The protective bars stop the guitars from rotating and prevent inadvertent removal or knocks or bumps. The soft pads made of high quality thermoplastic elastomer have cushioning characteristics. Highly flexible, sub-divided support arms with integrated pick holders mean the guitar can be held from either side (right or left) and that the strings are untouched. The »Guardian« is avail- able entirely in black or with translucent support elements, which excludes potential discoloration of valuable guitars with nitrocellulose paints. With innovative folding mechanism. Accessories Page Castor set for »Guardian« 17510 79 77
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS FIVE E-GUITAR STAND »GUARDIAN 5« FOUR GUITAR STAND »GUARDIAN 3+1« THREE GUITAR STAND »GUARDIAN 3« 17525 Weight Material Size when folded Height Base dimensions Suitable for 4.7 kg plastic 688 x 670 x 173 mm 700 mm 688 x 335 mm electric guitars Instrument support non-marring material 17534 Weight Material Size when folded Height Base dimensions Suitable for 3.7 kg plastic 626 x 670 x 173 mm 700 mm 626 x 335 mm 1 acoustic and 3 electric guitars 17513 Weight Material Size when folded Height Base dimensions Suitable for 3.6 kg plastic 626 x 670 x 173 mm 700 mm 626 x 335 mm acoustic and electric guitars Instrument support non-marring material Instrument support non-marring material Special Protective bars prevent damage from bumps or knocking; holds the guitar’s neck without touching the strings; integrated pick holders Order No. black with translucent support elements 17525-016-00 Accessories Page Castor set for »Guardian« 17510 79 Special Special Protective bars prevent damage from bumps or knocking; holds the guitar’s neck without touching the strings; integrated pick holders Order No. black with translucent support elements 17534-016-00 Accessories Page Castor set for »Guardian« 17510 79 Protective bars prevent damage from bumps or knocking; additional slots for electric guitars; holds the guitar’s neck without touching the strings; integrated pick holders Order No. black with translucent support elements 17513-016-00 black 17513-016-55 Accessories Page Castor set for »Guardian« 17510 79 Translucent elements – suitable for all kind of lacquers, including nitro lacquer Optional: Caster set 17510 p08e.k-m.de product video 78
CASTOR SET FOR »GUARDIAN« 0.35 kg steel 17513, 17515, 17525, 17534 set of 4 (locking) castors 17510 Weight Material Fits Special Order No. black 17510-000-55 For all »Guardian« guitar stands from models -016- onwards 79
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS GUITAR PERFORMER STAND NEW 2.85 kg steel 720 x 220 x 110 mm 720 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design from 748 to 1264 mm from 39 to 60 mm felt-lined electric guitars inclination continuously adjustable 14765 Weight Material Size when folded Base diameter Leg construction Rod combination Height Suitable for instru- ment widths Instrument support Suitable for Special Order No. black 14765-000-55 Whether at home, in the studio, or on stage, this electric guitar playing stand offers comfort and security. The stand also provides practi- cal assistance for those with back problems. Non-slip surfaces ensure that the guitar is held securely in place. The stand can be adjusted to the perfect height, angle, and tilt for ideal playing position. The slotted support surface allows cable routing for guitars with side cable outputs, such as Gibson Les Paul and other models. The adjustable height ranges from 748 to 1,264 mm, and the clamp width ranges from 39 to 60 mm. 80
GUITAR PERFORMER STAND NEW 14766 Weight Material Size when folded Base diameter Leg construction 2.85 kg steel 720 x 220 x 110 mm 720 mm tube legs with cross braces Rod combination Height 2-piece folding design from 748 to 1264 mm Suitable for instru- ment widths Instrument support Suitable for Special from 75 to 135 mm felt-lined acoustic guitars inclination continuously adjustable Order No. black 14766-000-55 81
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS GUITAR WALL MOUNT GUITAR WALL MOUNT GUITAR WALL MOUNT 16220 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Direction Order No. cork 16220-000-95 0.13 kg wood 82 x 100 x 115 mm acoustic and electric guitars fixed non-marring material forward-turned 16280 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Direction 0.16 kg plastic, steel 94 x 66 x 138 mm acoustic and electric guitars self-locking non-marring material forward-turned 16250 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Direction Special Order No. black 16280-000-55 cork 16280-000-95 white with translucent support elements 16280-014-00 0.17 kg plastic, steel 80 x 60 x 116 mm acoustic and electric guitars self-locking non-marring material forward-turned additional guard cams prevent guitar from turning; automatic back release mechanism; support arms work individually; suitable for asymmetric guitar necks Order No. black 16250-000-55 82
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS GUITAR WALL MOUNT GUITAR WALL MOUNT GUITAR WALL MOUNT 16235 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Yoke Instrument support 0.31 kg steel 300 x 120 x 80 mm acoustic and electric guitars fixed non-marring material 16255 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Yoke Instrument support 0.45 kg steel 300 x 150 x 80 mm acoustic and electric guitars self-locking non-marring material Direction left or right turned Direction left or right turned Order No. black 16235-018-55 Order No. black 16255-018-55 0.2 kg plastic, steel 84 x 108 x 152 mm acoustic and electric guitars self-locking non-marring material forward-turned patented flexible hooking-in and clamping system; studs at support arms provide extra protection; suitable for asymmetric guitar necks 16240 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Direction Special Order No. black 16240-000-55 Patented, flexible hooking- in and clamping system 83
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS WALL MOUNT FOR ELECTRIC GUITAR WALL MOUNT FOR ACOUSTIC GUITAR 16295 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for 1.17 kg steel 690 x 220 x 155 mm electric guitars 16296 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for 1.14 kg steel 690 x 220 x 205 mm acoustic guitars Instrument support silicone cover Instrument support silicone cover Direction Special Order No. black 16295-000-55 in 8° settings 360° adjustable flexible support arms for neck and body Direction Special in 8° settings 360° adjustable flexible support arms for neck and body Order No. black 16296-000-55 Special protective instrument supports 84
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS FOOTREST 14640 Weight Material Height Dimensions Height adjustment Order No. black 14640-000-55 0.31 kg aluminum, plastic from 105 to 180 mm 202 x 91 mm 4 different positions 0.6 kg steel from 119 to 264 mm 250 x 98 mm 6 different positions non-skid plastic pad FOOTREST 14670 Weight Material Height Dimensions Height adjustment Special Order No. nickel-colored 14670-014-11 blue 14670-014-54 black 14670-014-55 red 14670-014-59 Aluminum, plastic - weighs only 310 g 85
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS GUITAR CAPO 30900 Weight Material Dimensions Clamping range Instrument support 0.04 kg zinc die-cast 70 x 16 x 92 mm 20 to 30 mm non-marring slip-proof pad Finger board curved spring-tension quickly adjustable with one hand; does not obstruct playing; for Western-style and electric guitars Clamping Special Order No. matt chrome 30900-000-02 GUITAR CAPO 30910 Weight Material Dimensions Clamping range Instrument support Finger board Clamping Special Order No. matt chrome 30910-000-02 0.06 kg zinc die-cast 80 x 14 x 90 mm 15 to 28 mm non-marring slip-proof pad flat spring-tension quickly adjustable with one hand; does not obstruct playing; for classical guitars Quickly adjustable with one hand; does not obstruct playing Quickly adjustable with one hand; does not obstruct playing 86
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS GUITAR TOOL STRING CUTTER 0.09 kg steel 80 x 34 x 17 mm various Allen keys in inch and metric sizes and various screw- drivers 14585 Weight Material Dimensions Consisting of Order No. 14585-000-00 14590 Weight Material Length Special Order No. 14590-000-00 0.28 kg steel 192 mm high cutting perfor- mance with little effort; opens by spring mechanism; plastic-coated handles 87
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS UKULELE HOLDER UKULELE WALL MOUNT UKULELE / VIOLIN STAND 0.14 kg steel 66 x 116 x 60 mm tube diameter 30 mm rubberized support arms 15590 Weight Material Dimensions Screw-on to Special Order No. black 15590-000-55 0.09 kg plastic, steel 80 x 66 x 102 mm ukulele fixed non-marring material forward-turned 16590 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Direction Order No. black 16590-000-55 0.2 kg plastic 206 x 19 x 220 mm 220 mm 85 mm 206 x 170 mm non-marring slip-proof material foldable by bracket with hinge for small string instruments, such as ukuleles or violins 17595 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support depth Base dimensions Instrument support Adjustment Special Order No. black 17595-000-55 Easy handling and minimum weight combined with excellent stability High quality wall mount with non-marring plastic material Ukulele holder can be attached to tubes with a diameter up to 30 mm 88
CAPO FOR UKULELES 30920 Weight Material Dimensions Clamping range Instrument support 0.05 kg zinc die-cast 55 x 11 x 70 mm 11 to 22 mm non-marring slip-proof pad Finger board curved spring-tension quickly adjustable with one hand; does not obstruct playing; for ukuleles Clamping Special Order No. matt chrome 30920-000-02 Quickly adjustable with one hand; does not obstruct playing 89
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · FRETTED INSTRUMENTS MUSIC HOLDER FOR DULCIMER STAND 28070 11515 Weight Material Music desk dimen- sions Music desk Fits 0.95 kg steel 485 x 240 x 42 mm traditionally foldable 28070 Order No. black 11515-000-55 DULCIMER STAND 28070 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Support depth Support width Leg construction 6.9 kg steel from 700 to 1,050 mm 0° to 83° from 453 to 658 mm from 310 to 500 mm collapsible square tube legs Adjustment continuous Height adjustment Instrument support Base diameter Number of legs Special spring-loaded clamping knob felt-lined 650 mm 4 length and width adjustable; folding base for easy transportation; additional levelling screw for uneven surfaces Order No. black 28070-022-55 Accessories Music holder for dulcimer stand 28070 11515 Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Pro« 21312 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Page 90 302 304 303 90
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · STRING INSTRUMENTS VIOLIN HOLDER VIOLIN WALL HOLDER VIOLIN STAND 0.11 kg plastic yoke, steel clamp tube diameter 30 mm flocked high quality flocking cover; with holder for bow 15580 Weight Material Screw-on to Instrument support Special Order No. black 15580-000-55 16580 Weight Material Instrument support Special 0.08 kg plastic flocked high quality flocking cover; with holder for bow 15520 Weight Material Height Instrument support Adjustment 0.64 kg aluminum 365 mm non-marring material foldable by bracket with hinge Order No. black 16580-000-55 Order No. black 15520-000-55 Holder for bow Secure grip Holder for bow 91
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · STRING INSTRUMENTS VIOLIN STAND VIOLIN/UKULELE DISPLAY STAND 15530 Weight Material Size when folded Height Yoke Instrument support Adjustment Special 0.52 kg aluminum 350 x 110 x 70 mm from 360 to 570 mm with safety strap non-marring material clamping lever folds small; comes with a nylon bag; integrated bow holder; for various violin models 15550 Weight Material Height Instrument support Special Order No. wooden look 15550-000-98 0.15 kg plastic 205 mm non-marring material for small string instruments, such as violins or ukuleles; folds small Order No. black 15530-000-55 Folds small 92 Display Stand for small string instruments, such as violins or ukuleles
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · STRING INSTRUMENTS CELLO STAND 141/1 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction 2.54 kg steel 175 x 130 x 605 mm from 620 to 1,120 mm tube legs with cross braces CELLO STAND 14130 Weight Material Size when folded Height Width-adjustable Suitable for Rod combination 2-piece folding design Instrument support Suitable for all cellos Instrument support Base diameter Support width Special non-marring material 800 mm 380 mm bow holder included Adjustment Special Order No. black 14110-011-55 Accessories Carrying case 10811 Carrying case 14102 Page 63 100 Order No. cork 14130-000-95 2.36 kg steel 335 x 90 x 580 mm 535 mm from 285 to 450 mm all cellos non-marring material locking screw with push-button system bow holder included; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces Bow holder Rubber covered support arms Compactly folding cello stand, covered with an attractive rubber/cork material 93
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · STRING INSTRUMENTS DOUBLE BASS STAND STAND FOR ELECTRIC DOUBLE BASS 141 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction 2.6 kg steel 175 x 130 x 605 mm from 620 to 1,120 mm tube legs with cross braces Rod combination 2-piece folding design Suitable for all string basses Instrument support Base diameter Support width Special non-marring material 800 mm 405 mm bow holder included Order No. black 14100-011-55 Accessories Carrying case 14102 Page 100 14160 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Support width Rod combination 2.78 kg steel 115 x 150 x 890 mm from 920 to 1,620 mm tube legs with cross braces from 75 to 155 mm 2-piece folding design Suitable for electric double bass Instrument support Base diameter Special non-marring material 800 mm flocked bow holder included; support width can be adjusted individually to the size of the instrument Order No. black 14160-000-55 Accessories Universal carrying case 15043 Carrying case 18846 Page 99 181 Rubber covered support arms Rubber covered instrument support Flock covered bow holder 94
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS SAXOPHONE STAND SOPRANO SAXOPHONE STAND CARRYING CASE 14300 Weight Material Height Leg construction Suitable for Instrument support Special 1.0 kg steel 485 mm socket with foldable legs Eb Alto and Bb Tenor Sax non-marring material fiberglass reinforced plastic base; flexible upper support arm; lower support arm bracket with several vertical locking positions 14315 Weight Material Height Leg construction Suitable for Instrument support Special 1.0 kg steel 485 mm socket with foldable legs curved Soprano Saxophones non-marring material fiberglass reinforced plastic base; flexible upper support arm; lower support arm bracket with several vertical locking positions Order No. black 14300-000-55 Order No. black 14315-000-55 Accessories Peg holder 14301 Carrying case 14303 Page 115 95 Accessories Peg holder 14301 Carrying case 14303 Page 115 95 0.39 kg nylon 470 x 200 x 150 mm handle zip fastener 14300, 14315, 14945, 14952, 25950 for 2 saxophones or other instrument combinations like 1 x 14300 and 1 x music stand 101; with 2 internal compartments 14303 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 14303-000-00 Covered with exclusive non-marring material; Flexible upper support arm 95
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS SAXOPHONE STAND »JAZZ« SAXOPHONE STAND »JAZZ« SAXOPHONE STAND »SAXXY« 14330 Weight Material Height Suitable for Instrument support Adjustment Special 0.29 kg aluminum 310 mm Eb alto saxophones non-marring material central locking screw folds very small; easy-to-use; can be transported in the supplied velour bag in the saxophone bell; embedded foot end caps 14335 Weight Material Height Suitable for Instrument support Adjustment Special 0.36 kg aluminum 425 mm Bb tenor saxophones non-marring material central locking screw folds very small; easy- to-use; can be transported in the supplied velour bag in the saxophone bell; embedded foot end caps 14340 Weight Material Height Suitable for 0.36 kg steel 300 mm Eb alto saxophones Instrument support non-marring material folds very small; can be transported in the supplied velour bag in the saxophone bell Special Order No. black 14340-000-55 Order No. black 14330-000-55 Order No. black 14335-000-55 Comes with a velour bag; Folds very small Folds very small; Comes with a velour bag 96
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS SAXOPHONE STAND »SAXXY« SOPRANO SAXOPHONE STAND »SAXXY« SOPRANO SAXOPHONE STAND 14350 Weight Material Height Suitable for 0.58 kg steel 420 mm Bb tenor saxophones 14355 Weight Material Height Suitable for 0.14 kg aluminum 188 mm soprano saxophones 15290 Weight Material Size when folded Height Instrument support non-marring material Instrument support non-marring material Instrument support Special Order No. black 14350-000-55 Special folds very small; can be transported in the supplied velour bag in the saxophone bell folds very small; can be transported in the supplied velour bag in the saxophone bell Leg construction Number of legs Base diameter Special Order No. black 14355-000-55 0.34 kg plastic 226 mm 253 mm felt pads leg base screwable 5 340 mm The detachable metal leg base screws into the peg so that the entire unit can be stored in the bell of the instrument for easy transport Order No. black 15290-000-55 Comes with a velour bag; Folds very small Leg base screws into the peg. Can be stored in the bell of the instrument. 97
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS BARITONE SAXOPHONE STAND BARITONE SAXOPHONE STAND BASS SAXOPHONE STAND 144/1 Weight Material Height Leg construction 1.8 kg steel from 790 to 915 mm tube legs with cross braces Rod combination 2-piece folding design 14415 Weight Material Base dimensions Size when folded Height Rod combination 3.0 kg steel 400 x 440 mm 700 x 400 x 120 mm from 650 to 920 mm 2-piece folding design 14960 Weight Material Base dimensions Size when folded Height Rod combination Suitable for baritone saxophones Suitable for baritone saxophones Instrument support Instrument support Special non-marring material adjustable lower support arm bracket Order No. black 14410-021-55 Instrument support Adjustment Special non-marring slip-proof material spring-loaded clam- ping knob adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces Accessories Carrying case 14102 Page 100 Order No. black 14415-000-55 Adjustment Suitable for Special Order No. black 14960-000-55 3.3 kg steel 430 x 400 mm 685 x 410 x 150 mm from 630 to 890 mm 2-piece folding design non-marring slip-proof material spring-loaded clam- ping knob bass saxophones adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces Accessories Carrying case 11450 Page 63 Rubber covered instrument supports Rubber covered instrument supports; Lower support can be steplessly positioned Adjustable end cap 98
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS BASSOON STAND CONTRABASSOON STAND UNIVERSAL CARRYING CASE 1.2 kg nylon 1,000 x 180 x 180 mm handle and shoulder straps zip fastener 14160, 150/1, 15045, 21339, 21340 comes with separate internal compartments 15043 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 15043-000-00 150/1 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support width Leg construction 2.9 kg steel 185 x 135 x 645 mm from 700 to 1,200 mm from 57 to 87 mm tube legs with cross braces Rod combination 2-piece folding design Suitable for bassoon Instrument support Base diameter Special felt-lined 800 mm support width can be adjusted individually to the size of the instrument Order No. black 15010-011-55 Accessories Carrying case 14102 Universal carrying case 15043 Page 100 99 15045 Weight Material Size when folded Base diameter Height Leg construction Rod combination Support width Suitable for 3.1 kg steel 175 x 115 x 605 mm 800 mm from 700 to 1,200 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design 262 mm contra bassoon Instrument support felt-lined Order No. black 15045-011-55 Accessories Carrying case 18846 Universal carrying case 15043 Page 181 99 Support bracket - protective and adjustable Support bracket with protective felt cover Rubber covered support cup Rubber covered support cup 99
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS CARRYING CASE CLARINET STAND 14102 Weight Material Dimensions 0.45 kg nylon 700 x 150 x 130 mm Handle or carrying type handle zip fastener 141, 141/1, 144/1, 150/1, 15060, 19775, 19793, 19798 Fastener Fits Order No. 14102-000-00 15229 Weight Material Size when folded Height Instrument support Leg construction Number of legs Base diameter Suitable for Order No. black 15229-000-55 0.14 kg plastic peg, zinc die- cast legs 133 mm 156 mm felt pads leg base screwable 5 200 mm Eb and C clarinets 100
In-Bell stand; Extremely small and compact STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS CLARINET STAND 15228 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Number of legs Base diameter Suitable for Special Order No. black 15228-000-55 0.13 kg plastic peg, zinc die- cast legs 103 mm 126 mm leg base screwable 5 200 mm A, Bb and G clarinets detachable metal leg base screws into the peg, so that the entire unit can be stored in the bell of the instrument and making the trans- port in all instrument cases easy The In-Bell clarinet stand is extremely small and compact. 5 stable die-cast feet ensure excellent stability and sturdiness. Thanks to the patented and easy to operate screw-in system the feet can be conveniently stored in the peg. The short peg completely fits into the bell of the clarinet making it easy for transport in all common instrument cases. Detachable metal leg base screws into the peg Can be stored in the bell of the instrument for a transport in all instrument cases 101
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS CLARINET STAND BASS CLARINET STAND OBOE STAND 0.15 kg plastic peg, zinc die- cast legs 158 mm 178 mm leg base screwable 4 242 mm A, Bb and G clarinets detachable metal leg base screws into the peg so that the entire unit can be stored in the bell of the instru- ment; with felt ring 15222 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Number of legs Base diameter Suitable for Special Order No. black 15222-000-55 Leg base screws into the peg; can be stored in the bell of the instrument; protective felt ring 0.1 kg plastic peg, zinc die- cast legs 157 mm 174 mm leg base screwable 4 254 mm detachable metal leg base screws into the peg so that the entire unit can be stored in the bell of the instru- ment 15060 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support width Leg construction 2.9 kg steel 120 x 120 mm x 645 from 700 to 1,200 mm from 57 to 87 mm tube legs with cross braces 18020 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Number of legs Rod combination 2-piece folding design Base diameter Suitable for bass clarinet Special Instrument support Base diameter Special felt-lined 800 mm support width can be adjusted individually to the size of the instrument Order No. black 15060-011-55 Accessories Carrying case 10811 Carrying case 14102 Page 63 100 Order No. black 18020-000-55 Support bracket - protective and adjustable Practical V- shaped base for the endpin 102
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS FLUTE STAND 15232 Weight Material Size when folded Height Peg diameter Leg construction Number of legs Base diameter Suitable for Special Order No. black 15232-000-55 0.08 kg plastic peg, zinc die- cast legs 137 mm 155 mm 18 mm leg base screwable 4 260 mm Bass, Boehm and cross flutes the stand fits in almost every pocket when folded Unique, compact and extremely light flute stand with 4-leg base for Böhm flutes and/or cross flutes. Plastic peg diameter 18 mm. The zinc die-cast legs ensure a very high stability. Folded up the stand fits in almost every pocket. Wt: 0.1 kg, Height: 155 mm. 103
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS RECORDER STAND RECORDER STAND ENGLISH-HORN STAND 0.08 kg plastic peg with steel core, zinc die-cast legs 132 mm 145 mm 9 mm leg base screwable 4 260 mm alto and tenor recor- ders the stand fits in almost every pocket when folded 15252 Weight Material Size when folded Height Peg diameter Leg construction Number of legs Base diameter Suitable for Special Order No. black 15252-000-55 15262 Weight Material Size when folded Height Peg diameter Leg construction Number of legs Base diameter Suitable for Special Order No. black 15262-000-55 0.08 kg plastic peg with steel core, zinc die-cast legs 132 mm 145 mm 7 mm leg base screwable 4 260 mm soprano and piccolo recorders the stand fits in almost every pocket when folded 15233 Weight Material Size when folded Height Instrument support Leg construction Number of legs Base diameter Order No. black 15233-000-55 0.1 kg plastic peg, zinc die- cast legs 167 mm 186 mm felt pads leg base screwable 4 254 mm 104
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS BASS TROMBONE STAND TROMBONE STAND TROMBONE STAND 149/1 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Instrument support Order No. black 14910-024-55 2.1 kg steel socket with foldable legs from 700 to 1,160 mm 2-piece folding design clutch plastic peg with felt pads 149/9 Weight Material 1.45 kg steel 14985 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination brace construction, folds compactly from 555 to 865 mm 2-piece folding design Leg construction Height Rod combination 1.14 kg steel socket with foldable legs from 600 to 970 mm 2-piece folding design Instrument support non-marring rubber Instrument support non-marring rubber Special also for marching baritones Special also for marching baritones Order No. black 14990-000-55 Order No. black 14985-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 10811 Page 63 Accessories Carrying case 10811 Page 63 105
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS TENOR HORN STAND CARRYING CASE BARITONE STAND 149/2 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction 2.0 kg steel 545 x 180 x 115 mm from 620 to 1,050 mm tube legs with cross braces 14922 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Rod combination 2-piece folding design Fits 0.4 kg nylon 670 x 150 x 130 mm handle zip fastener 149/2 Suitable for Instrument support Base diameter Special baritone, tenor horn in Bb and alto horn in Eb non-marring slip-proof material 720 mm with integrated mouth piece holder; one-piece item folds to a small size Order No. 14922-000-00 14941 Weight Material Height Support width Suitable for 2.17 kg steel from 310 to 415 mm from 200 to 305 mm all baritone and tenor horn models Instrument support non-marring material Special additional notch for instruments with ridge Order No. black 14941-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 14942 Page 107 Order No. black 14920-012-55 Accessories Carrying case 14922 Page 106 One-piece item folds to a small size 106 Adjustable support arms
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS CARRYING CASE STAND FOR KINGSIZE TUBA 0.18 kg nylon 450 x 110 x 110 mm shoulder strap zip fastener 14940, 14941 3.46 kg steel 450 mm from 380 to 440 mm from 310 to 530 mm non-marring material additional notch for instruments with ridge 14945 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support width Instrument support Special Order No. black 14945-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 14303 Page 95 TUBA STAND 14940 Weight Material Height Support width Suitable for 2.36 kg steel from 310 to 415 mm from 275 to 455 mm German and English tubas 14942 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Instrument support non-marring material Fits Special additional notch for instruments with ridge Order No. black 14940-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 14942 Page 107 Order No. 14942-000-00 Adjustable support arms Adjustable support arms 107
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS TUBA PERFORMER STAND TUBA PERFORMER STAND TUBA PERFORMER STAND FOR CHILDREN 14950 Weight Material Height Leg construction 2.0 kg steel from 450 to 800 mm brace construction, folds compactly 14951 Weight Material Height Leg construction 2.26 kg steel from 650 to 1,140 mm brace construction, folds compactly 14952 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination 2-piece folding design Rod combination 2-piece folding design Rod combination 1.74 kg steel from 290 to 420 mm U-profile legs snap into socket 2-piece folding design Suitable for tuba models Suitable for tuba models Suitable for tuba models Instrument support Max. load capacity Special non-marring rubber 10 kg suitable for playing in an sitting position; with safety pin Instrument support Max. load capacity Special non-marring rubber 10 kg suitable for playing in a upright position; with safety pin Order No. black 14950-000-55 Order No. black 14951-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 10811 Page 63 Accessories Carrying case 10811 Page 63 Instrument support Max. load capacity Special non-marring rubber 10 kg with safety pin Order No. black 14952-020-55 Accessories Carrying case 14303 Page 95 Safety pin for extra hold Safety pin for extra hold Folds compactly 108
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS SOUSAPHONE STAND TRUMPET STAND 3.66 kg steel 390 x 225 x 645 mm 550 mm 775 mm non-marring rubber adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces 152/1 Weight Material Size when folded Height Instrument support Leg construction Number of legs Base diameter Special 149/3 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support width Instrument support Special Order No. black 14930-011-55 Order No. black 15210-023-55 0.24 kg plastic peg, zinc die- cast legs 184 mm 206 mm felt pads leg base screwable 3 340 mm detachable metal leg base screws into the peg so that the entire unit can be stored in the bell of the instru- ment; rubber-covered peg top Rubber peg top to prevent damage Leg base screws into the peg. Can be stored in the bell of the instrument. 109
TRUMPET STAND 15213 Weight Material Size when folded Height Instrument support Leg construction Number of legs Base diameter Special Order No. black 15213-000-55 0.33 kg plastic peg, zinc die- cast legs 184 mm 208 mm felt pads leg base screwable 5 340 mm very stable; detachable metal leg base screws into the peg so that the entire unit can be stored in the bell of the instrument; rubber-covered peg top The 5-leg base provides maximum stability for the instrument. The detachable metal leg base screws into the peg so that the entire unit may be stored in the bell of the instrument for easy transport. The black plastic peg is covered with felt pads to protect the instrument. Wt: 0.3 kg, H: 205 mm. STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS Rubber peg top to prevent damage Leg base screws into the peg. Can be stored in the bell of the instrument. 110
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS BASS TRUMPET/ FLUGELHORN STAND 15239 Weight Material Height Leg construction 1.06 kg steel from 480 to 700 mm socket with foldable legs TRUMPET HOLDER MUTE HOLDER 157 Weight Material Screw-on to Instrument support 0.14 kg steel tube diameter 30 mm non-marring material 15910 Weight Material Screw-on to Special 0.3 kg steel tube diameter 30 mm for 3 mutes (2 x ø 80 mm, 1 x ø 60 mm); mute holder rings rubberized Rod combination 2-piece folding design Instrument support non-marring rubber Order No. black 15700-000-55 Order No. black 15239-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 10012 Carrying case 10811 Page 63 63 Height-adjust- able support Order No. black 15910-000-55 Accessories Mute holder ring 15915 Page 112 For all common mutes for trumpets, cornets and flugelhorns 111
NEW 0.6 kg steel 198 x 25 x 68 mm 352 mm 3 4 instrument pegs feet are locked in the end position PEG BASE 17716 Weight Material Size when folded Base diameter Number of legs Accommodation of Special Order No. black 17716-000-55 STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS MUTE HOLDER RING FLUGELHORN STAND 0.42 kg plastic peg, zinc die- cast legs 230 mm 253 mm felt pads leg base screwable 5 340 mm detachable metal leg base screws into the peg so that the entire unit can be stored in the bell of the instru- ment 15240 Weight Material Size when folded Height Instrument support Leg construction Number of legs Base diameter Special Order No. black 15240-000-55 Leg base screws into the peg. Can be stored in the bell of the instrument. Rubber peg top to prevent damage 0.1 kg steel 15910 Mute holder ring (ø 95 mm) rubberized 15915 Weight Material Fits Special Order No. black 15915-000-55 Additional holder ring for mute holder 15910 112
BRACKET 12210 Weight Material Screw-on to Bore holes Wall clearance Special Order No. black 12210-000-55 0.12 kg steel tube diameter 30 mm diameter 5.2 mm (2 x) 110 mm for the mounting of an array of different instru- ment pegs, trays and other accessories Accessories Page Trumpet peg 15214 Clarinet peg 15224 Flugelhorn peg 15244 Peg adapter 15281 Soprano saxophone peg 15294 English horn peg 17731 Oboe peg 17738 Clarinet peg 17741 Recorder peg 17782 Recorder peg 17786 Flute peg 17788 367 367 368 115 368 368 368 367 368 368 369 113
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS TRUMPET PEG CLARINET PEG CLARINET PEG 15214 Weight Material Height Instrument support 0.2 kg plastic 202 mm felt pads 17741 Weight Material Height Suitable for 0.05 kg plastic 133 mm Eb and C clarinets 15224 Weight Material Height Suitable for 0.1 kg plastic 179 mm A, Bb and G clarinets Threaded connector M5 Instrument support felt-lined Threaded connector M5 12210, 44192 Threaded connector M5 Fits 12210, 44192 Fits Special Order No. black 15214-017-55 Accessories Peg holder 14301 Adapter for instrument pegs 15282 peg adapter 15281 included; rubber-covered peg top Page 115 116 Order No. black 17741-017-55 Accessories Peg holder 14301 Adapter for instrument pegs 15282 Fits Special 12210, 44192 peg adapter 15281 included; with felt ring Page 115 116 Order No. black 15224-000-55 Accessories Peg holder 14301 Adapter for instrument pegs 15282 Page 115 116 FLUGELHORN PEG SOPRANO SAXOPHONE PEG ENGLISH HORN PEG 15244 Weight Material Height Instrument support 0.2 kg plastic 242 mm felt pads 15294 Weight Material Height Instrument support 0.2 kg plastic 243 mm felt pads 17731 Weight Material Height Instrument support 0.07 kg plastic 160 mm felt-lined Threaded connector M5 Threaded connector M5 Threaded connector M5 Fits Special 12210, 44192 peg adapter 15281 included; rubber-covered peg top Fits Special 12210, 44192 incl. peg adapter 15281 Order No. black 15244-017-55 Accessories Peg holder 14301 Adapter for instrument pegs 15282 Page 115 116 Order No. black 15294-017-55 Accessories Peg holder 14301 Adapter for instrument pegs 15282 Page 115 116 Fits 12210, 44192 Order No. black 17731-017-55 Accessories Peg holder 14301 Adapter for instrument pegs 15282 Page 115 116 114
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS OBOE PEG 17738 Weight Material Height 0.08 kg plastic 150 mm Threaded connector M5 Fits 12210, 44192 Order No. black 17738-005-55 Accessories Peg holder 14301 Adapter for instrument pegs 15282 Page 115 116 RECORDER PEG RECORDER PEG 17782 Weight Material Height Suitable for 0.05 kg plastic peg with steel core 136.5 mm soprano and piccolo recorders 17786 Weight Material Height Suitable for 0.06 kg plastic peg with steel core 136.5 mm alto and tenor recorders Threaded connector M5 Threaded connector M5 Peg diameter Fits 7 mm 12210, 44192 Peg diameter Fits 9 mm 12210, 44192 Order No. black 17782-005-55 Accessories Peg holder 14301 Adapter for instrument pegs 15282 Order No. black 17786-005-55 Accessories Peg holder 14301 Adapter for instrument pegs 15282 Page 115 116 Page 115 116 FLUTE PEG 17788 Weight Material Height Suitable for 0.06 kg plastic 130 mm Bass, Boehm and cross flutes Threaded connector M5 Peg diameter Fits 18 mm 12210, 44192 Order No. black 17788-005-55 Accessories Peg holder 14301 Adapter for instrument pegs 15282 PEG HOLDER PEG ADAPTER 14301 Weight Material 0.05 kg plastic 15281 Weight Material 0.08 kg plastic Threaded connector M5 Threaded connector M5 Fits Special 14300, 14315, 15214, 15224, 15244, 15294, 17731, 17738, 17741, 17782, 17786, 17788 includes 3 adaptors (for tubes ø 19 mm, ø 20 mm and oval form). Fits 12210, 44192 Order No. black 15281-005-55 Order No. black 14301-000-55 Page 115 116 115
ADAPTER FOR INSTRUMENT PEGS 0.05 kg 18 x 28 mm 3/8 and M5 15214, 15224, 15244, 15294, 17731, 17738, 17741, 17782, 17786, 17788 with knurled surface 15282 Weight Dimensions dia- meter Female thread Fits Special Order No. zinc-plated 15282-000-29 Combining K&M instrument pegs with all common tripods with 3/8“ thread connection 116
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · WIND INSTRUMENTS ACCORDION STAND HARMONICA HOLDER HARMONICA HOLDER 164/1 Weight 0.23 kg steel Material Max. instrument size 185 x 49 mm spring-tension Clamping with a soft rubber Neck frame cover Order No. nickel-colored 16410-000-11 6.64 kg steel from 730 to 1,135 mm from 135 to 250 mm from 380 to 585 mm non-marring slip-proof material spring-loaded clamping knob 660 x 660 mm upper section swivels with both horizontal and vertical adjust- ment; replaceable rubber instrument protectors; additional levelling screw for uneven surfaces 174 Weight Material Height Support width Support height Instrument support Height adjustment Base dimensions Special Order No. black 17400-021-55 16415 Weight 0.25 kg steel Material Max. instrument size 185 x 49 mm spring-tension Clamping with a soft rubber Neck frame cover user-friendly locking screws Special Order No. black 16415-000-55 117
HARMONICA HOLDER 16416 Weight 0.26 kg steel Special Material Max. instrument size 185 x 43 mm spring-tension Clamping with a soft rubber Neck frame cover user-friendly locking screws; molded rubber sections on the support arms; particularly suitable for blues harmonica models Order No. black 16416-000-55 118
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · RHYTHM INSTRUMENTS MARCHING DRUM STAND PERCUSSION TABLE 4.8 kg steel 450 mm from 370 to 610 mm non-marring slip-proof material 2 clamping lever for quick adjustment 13335 Weight Material Support depth Support width Instrument support Adjustment Order No. black 13335-000-55 4.48 kg steel from 700 to 1,250 mm tube legs with cross braces 573 x 373 mm 2-piece folding design screw connection continuous 750 mm 10 kg tray is open to one side 13500 Weight Material Height Leg construction Bearing plate Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Adjustment Base diameter Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 13500-000-55 Folds flat for transport 119
STANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR INSTRUMENTS · TUNING TOOLS PIANO TUNING LEVER PIANO TUNING LEVER PIANO TUNING LEVER SET 166 Weight Material 0.2 kg steel 166/1 Weight Material Tuning lever shape Tuning lever size conical star 6.2 mm Tuning lever shape Tuning lever size 0.2 kg steel square 6.2 mm Order No. nickel 16600-000-01 Order No. nickel 16610-000-01 0.48 kg steel conical star and square star (5.8 mm); star (6.2 mm); square (6.2 mm) Set includes 3 adapters 167 Weight Material Tuning lever shape Tuning lever size Special Order No. nickel 16700-000-01 TUNING FORK TUNING FORK TUNING FORK 0.02 kg steel 105 mm 4 mm A 440 Hz round design 168 Weight Material Length Diameter Tuning Special Order No. nickel 16800-000-01 0.04 kg steel 120 mm 5 mm A 440 Hz round design 168/1 Weight Material Length Diameter Tuning Special Order No. nickel 16810-000-01 0.04 kg steel 120 mm 4 x 6 mm A 440 Hz rectangular design 168/2 Weight Material Length Dimensions fork Tuning Special Order No. nickel 16820-000-01 120
Drummer’s thrones, keyboard benches, stools For drummers, an optimal fit is a basic requirement so they can concentrate fully on their playing. It’s import- ant to maintain a posture that’s both gentle and comfort- able and offers absolute freedom of movement. König & Meyer drummer’s thrones were developed in coope- ration with professionals such as Mike “Gomezz” Gommeringer, Toni Liota and Sven “Ice” Ehrhardt. In intensive test phases, we jointly developed drummer seats that meet the highest demands thanks to their ergonomic seat surface and fine-grained adjustability. König & Meyer keyboard benches and stools are designed with the same focus on ergonomics. Their modular expandability and high-quality workmanship make them the first choice in their segment. 123
DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · DRUMMER‘S THRONES DRUMMER’S THRONE »PICCOLINO« DRUMMER’S THRONE »PICCO« DRUMMER‘S THRONE 14010 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Base diameter Seat Special BASELINE 2.6 kg steel double-braced 3-leg base from 380 to 455 mm 2-piece folding design push-button and clamping lever, in 15 mm steps 430 mm imitation leather, diameter 300 mm small footprint with a diameter of 430 mm makes the throne ideal when space is at a premium; the easy-to-use wing nut permits a seat rotation 14020 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Base diameter Seat Special BASELINE 3.5 kg steel double-braced 3-leg base from 495 to 660 mm 2-piece folding design push-button and clamping lever, in 15 mm steps 540 mm imitation leather, diameter 300 mm small footprint with a diameter of 540 mm makes the throne ideal when space is at a premium; the easy-to-use wing nut permits a seat rotation 14015 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Seat TOPLINE 5.69 kg steel double-braced 3-leg base from 500 to 700 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw imitation leather or wear-resistant fabric, diameter 330 mm Order No. black 14015-000-55 Accessories Backrest 14032/14033 Footrest 14051 Page 133 133 Order No. chrome 14010-000-02 Order No. chrome 14020-000-02 The smallest drum throne in the K&M series - suitable for children. For the beginner and advanced player Clamp with a patented push-button system 124
DRUMMER‘S THRONE »NICK« 14055/14056 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Seat TOPLINE 5.3 kg steel double-braced 3-leg base from 510 to 710 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw ergonomic seat, imita- tion leather or wear-re- sistant fabric, size 380 x 350 mm Order No. black imitation leather 14055-000-55 black fabric 14056-000-55 Accessories Backrest 14032/14033 Footrest 14051 Page 133 133 125
DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · DRUMMER‘S THRONES The professional drummer‘s throne. Stable and sturdy. p04e.k-m.de product video Easy-to-use height adjustment Sophisticated upholstery, ergonomic seat 126 DRUMMER‘S THRONE »GOMEZZ« 14000 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Seat Special STARLINE 5.18 kg steel stable double-braced 3-leg base from 475 to 675 mm 2-piece folding design pull-button and clamping lever, in 10 mm steps ergonomic seat, high quality grained soft nappa imitation leather, size 410 x 400 mm fixed large rubber end caps; height adjustment by a notched system; wing nut permits a seat rotation from heavy to loose position; 4 threaded screw sockets to attach a ButtKicker Order No. chrome 14000-019-02 Professional drummer‘s throne: stable, foldable 3-leg base with fixed large rubber end caps. Con- tinuous height adjustment by a notched system with 10 mm steps for a quick and precise height positioning. Very sturdy and unique rod combina- tion. The seat is wobble-free thanks to a clamping lever which permits a seat rotation from loose to fixed position. As a world-wide first, this drum- mer‘s throne has 4 threaded screw sockets on the bottom side of the seat to attach a ButtKicker. Accessories Carrying case 14003 Backrest for »Gomezz« 14005 Page 132 133
STOOL 14044/14045 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Seat Special 6.17 kg steel from 650 to 930 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded clamping knob ergonomic seat, imita- tion leather or wear-re- sistant fabric, size 380 x 350 mm seat can be adjusted in height and angle; includes a height adjustable footrest; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stool on uneven surfaces Order No. black fabric 14044-000-55 black imitation leather 14045-000-55 Accessories Backrest 14032/14033 Carrying case 14041 Page 133 134 Adjustable clamping lever Folds flat 127
DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · STOOLS Height adjustment with pneumatic spring Adjustable clamping lever Folds flat p07e.k-m.de product video 128 6.6 kg steel from 650 to 930 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded clamping knob/ pneumatic spring ergonomic seat, imitation leather or wear-resistant fabric, size 380 x 350 mm seat can be adjusted in height and angle; includes a pneumatic spring; includes a height adjustable footrest; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stool on uneven surfaces PNEUMATIC STOOL 14046/14047 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Seat Special Order No. black fabric 14046-000-55 black imitation leather 14047-000-55 The stool with power! The secret lies in the integrated pneumatic spring for effortless and comfortable height adjustment. Simply release the clamping knob and it couldn’t be easier to adjust the height. Accessories Backrest 14032/14033 Carrying case 14041 Page 133 134
DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · STOOLS STOOL WITH BACKREST 14050 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Back cushion Seat Special 8.4 kg steel from 650 to 930 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded clamping knob high quality imitation leather, oval 235 x 400 mm ergonomic seat, high quality imitation leather, size 380 x 350 mm seat can be adjusted in height and angle; includes a backrest and a height adjustable footrest; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stool on uneven surfaces Order No. black imitation leather 14050-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 14041 Page 134 STOOL 14060 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Seat Special Order No. black imitation leather 14060-000-55 Accessories Backrest 14032/14033 Carrying case 14041 PNEUMATIC STOOL 14061 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Seat Special 6.35 kg steel from 645 to 925 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded clamping knob imitation leather, diameter 330 mm seat can be adjusted in height and angle; includes a height adjustable footrest; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stool on uneven surfaces 6.8 kg steel from 645 to 925 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded clamping knob imitation leather, diameter 330 mm seat can be adjusted in height and angle; includes a pneumatic spring with 10 kg press capacity; includes a height adjustable footrest; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stool on uneven surfaces Page 133 134 Order No. black imitation leather 14061-000-55 Accessories Backrest 14032/14033 Carrying case 14041 Page 133 134 Includes a backrest and a height adjustable footrest Adjustable clamping lever Folds flat Adjustable end cap Adjustable clamping lever Folds flat 129
DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · STOOLS STAGE STOOL 14091 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Base diameter Seat Order No. black 14091-000-55 10.0 kg steel round cast-iron base from 580 to 835 mm 2-piece folding design pneumatic spring 500 mm ergonomic seat, high quality grained soft nappa imitation leather, size 410 x 400 mm The comfortable stage stool is an eye-catcher, its ergonomic saddle seat convinces through its extraordinary seating comfort. The height adjustable foot rest is in the form of a ring. The large circular base with the rubber ring provides reliable stability. The height of the stage stool is easily adjusted from 580 to 835 mm with the help of the integrated pneumatic spring. 130
DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · STOOLS STAGE STOOL GUITAR STOOL GUITAR STOOL NEW 6.2 kg steel plastic 5-leg base from 480 to 610 mm 2-piece folding design pneumatic spring 530 mm seat size: diameter 350 mm, high quality grained soft nappa imitation leather with “Stop & Go” castors 14094 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Base diameter Seat Special Order No. black 14094-017-55 Accessories Backrest 14032/14033 Page 133 14089 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Base diameter Seat Special Order No. black 14089-000-55 7.6 kg steel plastic 5-leg base from 595 to 850 mm 2-piece folding design pneumatic spring 540 mm seat size: diameter 400 mm, high quality grained soft nappa imitation leather with “Stop & Go” castors 13860 Weight Material Leg construction Height Base dimensions Base diameter Seat 6.1 kg wood 4-legged frame 620 mm ø 505 mm 505 mm imitation leather, diameter 340 mm Order No. Base natural matt finish, seat black imitation leather 13860-200-25 Infinitely varia- ble height adjust- ment by pneumatic spring Casters with load-depen- dent brake function 131
DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · ACCESSORIES FOR THRONES AND STOOLS DRUM TOOL 16451 Weight Material Dimensions Consisting of Order No. 16451-000-00 DRUMSTICK HOLDER CARRYING CASE 0.14 kg steel 80 x 42 x 19 mm arious Allen keys in inch and metric models as well as various screwdrivers and tuning keys 16450 Weight Material Dimensions Screw-on to Order No. black 16450-000-55 0.22 kg steel, nylon 250 x 211 x 115 mm tube diameter 30 mm 0.8 kg nylon 550 x 540 x 130 mm handle and shoulder straps zip fastener 14000 internal compartments separate base from the seat 14003 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 14003-000-00 Your drumsticks always at hand The large quiver provides enough room for several drumstick sets 132
DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · ACCESSORIES FOR THRONES AND STOOLS BACKREST FOR »GOMEZZ« BACKREST 2.5 kg steel high quality imitation leather, oval 235 x 400 mm 14000 adjustable in height and depth 14005 Weight Material Back cushion Fits Special Order No. chrome 14005-000-02 14032/14033 Weight Material Back cushion Fits Special Order No. black imitation leather 14032-000-55 black fabric 14033-000-55 FOOTREST 14051 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special Order No. black 14051-000-55 2.0 kg steel imitation leather or fabric covering, oval 235 x 400 mm 14015, 14044/14045, 14046/14047, 14055/14056, 14060, 14061, 14092, 14094 adjustable in height and depth 1.07 kg steel 214 x 370 x 30 mm 14015, 14055/14056 collapsible footrest 133
CARRYING CASE 14041 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 14041-000-00 1.78 kg nylon 930 x 400 x 150 mm handle and shoulder straps zip fastener 14044/14045, 14046/14047, 14050, 14060, 14061 reinforced outer shell to protect the stands 134
DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · ORCHESTRA CHAIRS STACKING CHAIR 13410/13415 Weight Material Height Leg construction Seat Special 5.8 kg frame of tubular steel, seat shell plywood 470 mm 4-legged frame (ø 20 x 1.5 mm) with durable black upholstery fabric 420 x 420 mm up to 10 chairs can be stacked; seat cushion upholste- red with durable fabric Order No. legs chrome, seating beech wood natural 13410-000-02 legs chrome, seating black 13415-000-02 Accessories Chair cart 13490 Page 139 MUSICIAN’S CHAIR ORCHESTRA CHAIR 13420 Weight Material Height Leg construction Seat Special 6.0 kg steel 490 mm 4-legged frame (ø 18 x 2 mm) 440 x 440 mm upholstered seat and backrest; low-noise plastic glides; stacking racks and stacking protection; with ventilation holes and breathable foam; up to 6 chairs can be stacked Order No. black 13420-000-55 Accessories Page Sound insulation element for Orchestra seats with backrest 11905 Chair cart 13490 Chair connector 13495 Chair leg extension 13493 Chair leg extension 13494 43 139 139 139 139 13430 Weight Material Height Leg construction Seat Special 6.0 kg steel 490 mm 4-legged frame (ø 18 x 2 mm) 440 x 440 mm upholstered seat and backrest made from inherently fire-resistant materials (Trevira CS); low-noise plastic glides; stacking racks and stacking protection; with ventilation holes and breathable foam; up to 6 chairs can be stacked Order No. black 13430-000-55 Accessories Page Sound insulation element for Orchestra seats with backrest 11905 Chair cart 13490 Chair connector 13495 Chair leg extension 13493 Chair leg extension 13494 43 139 139 139 139 Other fabric colours on request 135
ORCHESTRA CHAIR WITH TILTABLE SEAT 13435 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Leg construction Seat Special 6.8 kg steel 500 mm -2° to 4° 4-legged frame (ø 18 x 2 mm) 450 x 450 mm upholstered seat and backrest made from inherently fire-resistant materials (Trevira CS); a set of rubberized foot caps included; stacking racks and stacking protection; with ventilation holes and breathable foam; up to 5 chairs can be stacked Order No. black 13435-000-55 Accessories Sound insulation element for Orchestra seats with backrest 11905 Chair cart 13490 Page 43 139 Rubberized foot caps Adjustable seat tilt 136
DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · ORCHESTRA CHAIRS ORCHESTRA CHAIR 13440 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Height adjustment Leg construction Seat Special 12.5 kg steel from 490 to 540 mm -6° to 2° pneumatic spring 4-legged frame (ø 18 x 2 mm) 440 x 440 mm upholstered seat and backrest made from inherently fire- resistant materials (Trevira CS); low-noise plastic glides; stacking racks and stacking protection; with ventilation holes and breathable foam; up to 5 chairs can be stacked Order No. black 13440-000-55 Cushioning and fabric (Trevira CS) are made from inherently fire-resistant materials. The black fabric has a durability rating of 100,000 abrasion resistance cycles. The black powder-coated base is made from sturdy steel tubes with 2 mm wall thickness. The pneumatic seat height adjustment is variable using a release lever. The height of the backrest and the seat angle are also adjustable. The product has the following useful features: low-noise plastic glides, stacking grooves and stacking protection. The rounded seat cushion with ventilation holes and the breathable foam provide for comfortable seating. Accessories Sound insulation element for Orchestra seats with backrest 11905 Chair cart 13490 Page 43 139 137 Other fabric colours on request
DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · ORCHESTRA CHAIRS BASS STOOL CHAIR FOR PERCUSSION CHAIR FOR KETTLEDRUMS AND CONDUCTOR’S 13460 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Leg construction Seat Special 12.2 kg steel from 595 to 850 mm pneumatic spring 5 leg base 430 x 390 mm upholstered seat and backrest made from inherently fire-resistant materials (Trevira CS); seat and backrest adjustable in height and inclination; continuously height adjustable one-third circle footrest; quiet and slip-resistant feet; with leg recesses Order No. black 13460-019-55 Accessories Sound insulation element for Orchestra seats with backrest 11905 Page 43 13470 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Leg construction Seat Special 11.0 kg steel from 465 to 590 mm pneumatic spring 5 leg base 450 x 440 mm upholstered seat and backrest made from inherently fire-resistant materials (Trevira CS); seat and backrest adjustable in height and inclination; quiet and slip-resistant feet; seat is rotatable Order No. black 13470-019-55 Accessories Page Sound insulation element for Orchestra seats with backrest 11905 12.8 kg steel from 595 to 850 mm pneumatic spring 5 leg base 450 x 440 mm upholstered seat and backrest made from inherently fire-resistant materials (Trevira CS); seat and backrest adjustable in height and inclination; continuously height adjustable one-third circle footrest; quiet and slip-resistant feet; seat is rotatable 13480 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Leg construction Seat Special Order No. black 13480-019-55 43 Accessories Sound insulation element for Orchestra seats with backrest 11905 Page 43 Other fabric colours on request 138
DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · ACCESSORIES FOR ORCHESTRA CHAIRS CHAIR CONNECTOR CHAIR LEG EXTENSION 13495 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Order No. black (unit: 2 pcs.) 13495-000-55 6.5 kg steel 600 x 550 x 160 mm 75 kg 13410/13415, 13420, 13430, 13435, 13440 four castors, two of them lockable; compact and small overall size 0.02 kg plastic 104 x 21 x 18 mm 13420, 13430 0.62 kg steel 40 mm 13420, 13430 13493 Weight Material Length Fits Order No. black 13493-000-55 CHAIR CART 13490 Weight Material Dimensions Max. load capacity Fits Special Order No. black 13490-000-55 CHAIR LEG EXTENSION 1.09 kg steel 80 mm 13420, 13430 13494 Weight Material Length Fits Order No. black 13494-000-55 139
DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · KEYBOARD BENCHES 5.18 kg steel from 405 to 600 mm inserted screw imitation leather or wear-resistant fabric covering seat, size 540 x 300 mm adjustable end cap to stabilize the bench on uneven surfaces; collapsible for easy transport KEYBOARD BENCH 14065/14066 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Seat Special Order No. black imitation leather 14065-000-55 black fabric 14066-000-55 KEYBOARD BENCH 14075/14076 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Seat Special Order No. black imitation leather 14075-000-55 black fabric 14076-000-55 6.37 kg steel from 415 to 610 mm inserted screw imitation leather or wear-resistant fabric covering seat, size 650 x 300 mm adjustable end cap to stabilize the bench on uneven surfaces; large seat; collapsible for easy transport Accessories Carrying case 14068 Page 141 Accessories Carrying case 14068 Page 141 KEYBOARD BENCH 14077 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Seat Special 6.43 kg steel from 415 to 610 mm inserted screw imitation leather covering seat, size 650 x 300 mm adjustable end cap to stabilize the bench on uneven surfaces; large seat; collapsible for easy transport Order No. pure white imitation leather 14077-000-76 Accessories Carrying case 14068 Page 141 Adjustable end cap 140
CARRYING CASE 14068 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 14068-000-00 0.8 kg nylon 790 x 340 x 130 mm handle and shoulder straps zip fastener 14065/14066, 14075/14076, 14077 141
DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · PIANO BENCHES PIANO BENCH NEW PIANO BENCH 8.0 kg steel from 445 to 545 mm dual crossbar imitation leather covering seat, size 465 x 305 mm 13992 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Seat Order No. black 13992-200-55 9.36 kg steel from 430 to 650 mm spring-loaded clamping knobs imitation leather or wear-resistant fabric covering seat, size 660 x 330 mm with engraved height scale 14085/14086 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Seat Special Order No. black imitation leather 14085-019-55 black fabric 14086-019-55 PIANO BENCH 14087 Weight Material Size when folded Height Height adjustment Seat Special 9.5 kg steel 650 x 374 x 228 mm from 423 to 623 mm spring-loaded clamping knobs imitation leather covering seat, size 660 x 330 mm fully collapsible; with engraved height scale Order No. black imitation leather 14087-000-55 ruby red imitation leather 14087-000-91 Continuous height adjustment Extremely stable bench; foldable Gradual height adjustment 142
DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · PIANO BENCHES PIANO BENCH »UPLIFT« PIANO STOOL NEW 14080/14081 Weight Material Size when folded Height Base dimensions Height adjustment Seat Special 11.58 kg steel 660 x 380 x 455 mm from 450 to 600 mm 660 x 370 mm pneumatic spring imitation leather or wear-resistant fabric covering seat, size 660 x 330 mm height adjustable by built-in pneumatic springs; easy-to-use adjustment handle 13850-13851 Weight Material Leg construction Height Base dimensions Height adjustment Base diameter 5.2 kg wood 4-leg base from 485 to 625 mm ø 425 mm Rotary spindle 425 mm Order No. Base black matt finish, seat black imitation leather 13850-200-20 Base black glossy finish, seat black imitation leather 13851-200-21 Order No. black imitation leather 14080-000-55 pure white imitation leather 14080-000-76 black fabric 14081-000-55 Height adjustable by built-in pneumatic springs; easy release due to comfortable adjustment handle 143
DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · PIANO BENCHES Leveling feet ensure a wobble-free and secure stand 144 PIANO BENCH 13921-13928 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Seat Special NEW 9.8 kg wood from 485 to 585 mm dual crossbar velour or imitation leather covering seat, size 555 x 335 mm leveling feet ensure a wobble-free and secure stand Order No. bench black matt finish, seat black velour 13921-100-20 bench black glossy finish, seat black velour 13922-100-21 bench black matt finish, seat black imitation leather 13923-200-20 bench black glossy finish, seat black imitation leather 13924-200-21 bench white matt finish, seat black velour 13925-100-22 bench white matt finish, seat black imitation leather 13926-200-22 bench white glossy finish, seat black velour 13927-100-23 bench rosewood matt finish, seat black velour 13928-100-24 This classic piano bench is made of solid wood, finished in matt or glossy lacquer, and upholste- red in imitation leather or velour. Manufactured from high-quality materials using state-of-the-art technology, the bench‘s height can be easily ad- justed to give the player the ideal sitting position. Thanks to its attractive design and outstanding durability, the bench is an ideal companion for a variety of rooms – from classrooms and recor- ding studios to concert halls and stages. Leveling feet ensure a wobble-free and secure stand.
DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · PIANO BENCHES PIANO BENCH WITH SHEET MUSIC STORAGE NEW PIANO BENCH NEW DOUBLE-SEAT PIANO BENCH NEW 13955-13957 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Seat Special 13.0 kg wood from 515 to 615 mm dual crossbar velour or imitation leather covering seat, size 555 x 335 mm leveling feet ensure a wobble-free and secure stand Order No. bench black matt finish, seat black velour 13955-100-20 bench black matt finish, seat black imitation leather 13956-200-20 bench natural matt finish, seat black velour 13957-100-25 13975/13976 Weight Material Height 9.7 kg wood from 480 to 570 mm 13949 Weight Material Height Height adjustment dual crossbar Height adjustment Seat Special Seat Special velour or imitation leather covering seat, size 555 x 335 mm legs are tapped and firmly glued; leveling feet ensure a wobble-free and secure stand 16.0 kg wood from 490 to 570 mm dual crossbar imitation leather covering seat, size 995 x 335 mm Seats separately height-adjustable; leveling feet ensure a wobble-free and secure stand Order No. bench black glossy finish, seat black velour 13975-100-21 bench black glossy finish, seat black imitation leather 13976-200-21 Order No. bench black glossy finish, seat black imitation leather 13949-200-21 Leveling feet ensure a wobble-free and secure stand Leveling feet ensure a wobble-free and secure stand 145
DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · PIANO BENCHES HYDRAULIC PIANO BENCH NEW 13963 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Seat Special 13.7 kg wood from 470 to 570 mm pneumatic spring imitation leather covering seat, size 556 x 350 mm quilted seat cushion; leveling feet ensure a wobble-free and secure stand Order No. bench black glossy finish, seat black imitation leather 13963-200-21 The extremely comfortable piano bench is equipped with high-performance pneumatic gas springs. The continuously adjustable height from 470 to 570 mm is also ideal for use in music schools. The high-gloss black finish and the studded black imitation leather upholstery give it an attractive appearance. Leveling feet ensure a wobble-free and secure stand. Leveling feet ensure a wobble-free and secure stand 146
DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · PIANO BENCHES HYDRAULIC PIANO BENCH NEW HYDRAULIC PIANO BENCH NEW 13965 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Seat Special 14.7 kg wood from 490 to 590 mm pneumatic spring imitation leather covering seat, size 600 x 400 mm quilted seat cushion; leveling feet ensure a wobble-free and secure stand 13968 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Seat Special 17.7 kg wood from 490 to 590 mm pneumatic spring leather covering seat, size 660 x 450 mm quilted seat cushion; leveling feet ensure a wobble-free and secure stand Order No. bench black glossy finish, seat black imitation leather 13965-200-21 Order No. bench black glossy finish, seat black genuine leather 13968-300-21 Leveling feet ensure a wobble-free and secure stand 147
DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · PIANO BENCHES PIANO BENCH »DELUXE« NEW 13982 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Seat Special 10.4 kg wood from 460 to 560 mm dual crossbar imitation leather covering seat, size 575 x 380 mm quilted seat cushion; leveling feet ensure a wobble-free and secure stand Order No. bench black glossy finish, seat black imitation leather 13982-200-21 This high-quality piano bench can be adjusted precisely and easily in height. The high-gloss black finish and the quilted upholstery made of black imitation leather give it an attractive appearance. The height can be adjusted continuously from 460 to 560 mm. Leveling feet ensure a wobble-free and secure stand. Leveling feet ensure a wobble-free and secure stand 148
PIANO BENCH WITH SHEET MUSIC STORAGE »DELUXE« NEW 13986 Weight Material Height Height adjustment Seat Special 12.6 kg wood from 510 to 610 mm dual crossbar imitation leather covering seat, size 555 x 350 mm quilted seat cushion; leveling feet ensure a wobble-free and secure stand Order No. bench black glossy finish, seat black imitation leather 13986-200-21 Leveling feet ensure a wobble-free and secure stand 149
DRUMMER‘S THRONES, BENCHES & STOOLS · PIANO STOOLS PIANO STOOL PIANO STOOL 6.31 kg steel round base from 480 to 610 mm 2-piece folding design pneumatic spring 400 mm imitation leather, diameter 350 mm 14092 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Base diameter Seat Order No. black 14092-017-55 Accessories Backrest 14032/14033 Page 133 7.7 kg steel round base from 480 to 610 mm 2-piece folding design pneumatic spring 400 mm imitation leather, size 430 x 390 mm 14093 Weight Material Leg construction Height Rod combination Height adjustment Base diameter Seat Order No. black 14093-017-55 Continuous height adjustment Continuous height adjustment 150
Keyboard stands We know from experience: Keyboard stands are proba- bly the most demanding stands in the instrument sector. The challenge is to hold the sometimes enormous weight of the instruments securely, even during intensive play- ing, while at the same time ensuring a clear arrangement and ergonomics for the keyboard player. König & Meyer technicians and designers are familiar with these special requirements and pay the utmost attention to them when developing new stands for key- board instruments. With intelligent detailed solutions, our keyboard stands offer individual adjustment options, versatile expandability and, above all, reliability. Perfor- mance after performance. Year after year. 153
BASELINE 2.97 kg steel from 340 to 750 mm 350 mm from 390 to 655 mm two cross braces with inserted screw X-stand 50 kg additional locking positions on main X-tubes for extremely low level usage; slidable non-marring pads on the support arms provide a firm fit also for smaller keyboards; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces Page 183 159 Order No. black 18969-071-55 Accessories Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Tabletop for X-stands 18905 Page 183 159 KEYBOARD STANDS · X-STANDS KEYBOARD STAND KEYBOARD STAND KEYBOARD STAND FOR KIDS 18962 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special BASELINE 3.27 kg steel from 400 to 905 mm 350 mm from 440 to 770 mm two cross braces with inserted screw X-stand 50 kg additional locking positions on main X-tubes for extremely low level usage; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces 18963 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special BASELINE 5.08 kg steel from 400 to 905 mm 350 mm from 470 to 760 mm two cross braces with inserted screw double-braced x-stand 50 kg for large keyboards; additional locking positions on main X-tubes for extremely low level usage; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces 18969 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 18962-071-55 Accessories Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Tabletop for X-stands 18905 Page 183 159 Order No. black 18963-071-55 Accessories Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Tabletop for X-stands 18905 154 Adjustable end cap
KEYBOARD STANDS · X-STANDS TOPLINE 3.9 kg steel 1,020 x 102 x 520 mm from 590 to 945 mm 350 mm from 330 to 790 mm non-marring slip-proof material clamping lever for quick adjustment X-stand 50 kg Adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces KEYBOARD STAND 18930 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support depth Support width Instrument support Adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 18930-070-55 The ergonomic clamping mechanism makes setup or folding easy and fast. The robust metal joint can be adjusted in 5° intervals; the short intervals provide the user with a multitude of positions. With the assistance of a scale the user is able to easily find his preferred setting. Both of the back rubber end caps can be adjusted on their axis and as such can be adjusted perfectly to the width of the keyboard. The maximum sup- port depth is 350 mm. The typical K&M quality characteristics, such as solid workmanship, high quality surface finishes and practical end caps to Adjustable end cap Clamping lever for quick adjustment Adjustable rubber pads stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces round off the overall concept. Accessories Stacker 18941 Universal holder 18944 Tabletop for X-stands 18905 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 156 159 159 183 155
KEYBOARD STANDS · X-STANDS KEYBOARD STAND 18933 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support depth Support width Instrument support Adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special TOPLINE 3.77 kg steel 1,020 x 102 x 520 mm from 590 to 945 mm 250 mm from 330 to 790 mm non-marring slip-proof material clamping lever for quick adjustment X-stand 50 kg adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces; suitable for stage pianos Order No. black 18933-070-55 Accessories Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 183 KEYBOARD STAND WITH TABLETOP 18900 Weight Material Height Bearing plate Adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special TOPLINE 12.2 kg steel stand, tabletop MDF from 435 to 920 mm 1,100 x 450 mm two cross braces with inserted screw double-braced x-stand 50 kg additional locking positions on main X-tubes for extremely low level usage; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces Order No. black 18900-000-55 Accessories Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 183 TOPLINE 2.05 kg steel 290 mm 340 mm big non-marring slip- proof pads and stop pins toothed joint with wing nut 20 kg 18826, 18930, 18990, 18997 adjustable in height, depth and tilt STACKER 18941 Weight Material Height Support depth Instrument support Adjustment Max. load capacity Fits Special Order No. black 18941-000-55 Short support arms - perfect for stage pianos Clamping lever for quick adjustment Adjustable end cap 156 Stacker with stand fully collapsible
KEYBOARD STAND »RICK« 18990 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Instrument support Adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special TOPLINE 5.8 kg steel from 594 to 946 mm 350 mm from 327 to 789 mm non-marring slip-proof pad clamping lever for quick adjustment double-braced x-stand 50 kg Adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces Order No. black 18990-015-55 Accessories Stacker 18941 Universal holder 18944 Tabletop for X-stands 18905 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 156 159 159 183 Clamping lever for quick adjustment Adjustable end cap 157
KEYBOARD STANDS · X-STANDS Extremely light- weight; only 2.6 kg Adjustable end cap Rubber end caps can be adjusted on their axis. Clamping lever for quick adjustment Adjustable end cap 158 TOPLINE 2.6 kg aluminum from 594 to 946 mm 350 mm from 327 to 789 mm non-marring slip- proof pad clamping lever for quick adjustment double-braced x-stand 50 kg extremely lightweight; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces KEYBOARD STAND 18997 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Instrument support Adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 18997-000-55 This X-stand made of aluminum is lightweight and yet extremely stable. The arrangement of the double-braced stand tubes provides noticeably more stability and safety. The ergo- nomic clamping lever allows a quick and easy mounting or folding in no time at all. The sturdy metal joint is finely interlocked and adjustable in 5° steps enabling several different positions. With the help of a scale you can quickly find your preferred position again. The two rear rubber end caps can be moved axially and can therefore be perfectly adapted to the width of the keyboard. The maximum support depth is 350 mm. Accessories Stacker 18941 Universal holder 18944 Tabletop for X-stands 18905 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 156 159 159 183
KEYBOARD STANDS · X-STANDS KEYBOARD STAND »RICK 20« TABLETOP FOR X-STANDS UNIVERSAL HOLDER TOPLINE 7.24 kg MDF 1,100 x 450 x15 mm 18826, 18930, 18962, 18963, 18969, 18990, 18997 slides onto the keyboard stand 18905 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special Order No. black 18905-000-55 18944 Weight Material Height TOPLINE 0.65 kg steel 470 mm Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Fits Special 18826, 18930, 18990, 18997 attaches to keyboard stand 18826, 18930, 18990 or 18997; connects other accessories, such as boom arm, gooseneck, iPad holder, Tablet PC holder etc.; incl. thread adapter 3/8 - 5/8 Order No. black 18944-000-55 Accessories Sheet music and concept holder 18805 Tablet PC stand holder 19790 Adapter for screens 19685 Boom arm 211/1 Page 181 356 357 221 18993 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Instrument support Adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special TOPLINE 5.4 kg steel from 594 to 946 mm 250 mm from 327 to 789 mm non-marring slip-proof pad clamping lever for quick adjustment double-braced x-stand 50 kg adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces; with a minimum support arm depth for a perfect rest of stage pianos Order No. black 18993-015-55 pure white 18993-015-76 Accessories Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 183 Perfect for stage pianos; Clamping lever for quick adjustment Adjustable end cap 159
KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES DISCOVER THE WORLD OF THE KEYBOARD STANDS »OMEGA« 18800, 18810, 18820 18805 SHEET MUSIC HOLDER Page 181 18822 STACKER Page 165 21140 BOOM ARM (Example) 18811 STACKER Page 165 18815 LAPTOP HOLDER (fits only 18810 and 18820) Page 166 18820 KEYBOARD STAND »OMEGA PRO« (Example) Page 163 18807 UNIVERSAL HOLDER Page 166 19790 TABLET PC STAND HOLDER (Example) 18817 UNIVERSAL HOLDER Page 172 18814 ADAPTER Page 167 160
KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES TABLE-STYLE KEYBOARD STAND »OMEGA-E« 18800 Weight Material Height Support depth Base dimensions Support width Height adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special STARLINE 24.5 kg steel from 597 to 1,257 mm 345 mm 1,136 x 550 mm from 180 to 678 mm electric motor keyboard table 80 kg continuous height adjustment; up to four different heights can be pre-set; can also be adjusted using the „Desk Control“ app; includes 3 cable clamps to guide the cable Order No. black 18800-000-55 The continuous height adjustment of the »Omega- E« is quick and easy for your desired seated or standing height through its integrated electric motor. Using the memory setting (including display), four different heights can be preset. After the system is set up, all that is needed is a tap of the control unit and the table assume the preset height. Using the “Desk Control” App with Bluetooth technology, you can easily operate the table via your Smartphone. The control unit can be mounted to the table. The integrated cable management keeps everything tidy. Accessories Tabletop 18803 Stage piano support 18827 Stacker 18811 Adapter 18814 Cable organiser 18808 Cable clamp 18809 Page 164 164 165 167 167 167 161 Using the “Desk Control” App with Blue- tooth technology, you can easily operate the table via your Smartphone. p18e.k-m.de product video App „Desk Control“ Download im App Store und Google Play
KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES TABLE-STYLE KEYBOARD STAND »OMEGA« 18810 Weight Material Height Support depth Base dimensions Support width Height adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special TOPLINE 9.2 kg steel from 600 to 1,020 mm 345 mm 970 x 575 mm from 180 to 790 mm spring-loaded clamping knobs keyboard table 80 kg levelling end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces; with engraved height scale; includes 4 cable clamps to guide the cable Order No. black 18810-015-55 pure white 18810-015-76 ruby red 18810-015-91 Accessories Page Tabletop 18803 Stage piano support 18827 Stacker 18811 Adapter 18814 Universal holder 18807 Cable organiser 18808 Cable clamp 18809 Laptop holder 18815 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 164 164 165 167 172 167 167 166 183 Folds flat 162
KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES TABLE-STYLE KEYBOARD STAND »OMEGA PRO« 18820 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support depth Base dimensions Support width Height adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special TOPLINE 10.8 kg steel 950 x 575 x 180 mm from 600 to 1,020 mm 345 mm 970 x 575 mm from 122 to 729 mm spring-loaded clamping knobs keyboard table 80 kg fully collapsible; levelling end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces; with engraved height scale; includes 4 cable clamps to guide the cable and a carrying strap Order No. black 18820-019-55 pure white 18820-019-76 ruby red 18820-019-91 The spring-loaded clamping knobs on both co- lumns allow easy and precise height adjustment. Thanks to the folding legs a compact and flat pack size is achieved, making the »Omega Pro« the perfect mobile „travel companion“. Delivery includes a carrying strap. Accessories Page Carrying case 18829 Tabletop 18803 Stage piano support 18827 Stacker 18811 Adapter 18814 Universal holder 18807 Cable organiser 18808 Cable clamp 18809 Laptop holder 18815 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 173 164 164 165 167 172 167 167 166 183 163 p19e.k-m.de product video Folds flat, carrying strap included
KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES TABLETOP FOR »OMEGA« STAGE PIANO SUPPORT FOR »OMEGA« BASIC SUPPORT »OMEGA« TABLE STAND 18803 Weight Material Dimensions Max. load capacity Fits Special TOPLINE 7.5 kg MDF 1.100 x 450 x 15.5 mm 30 kg 18800, 18810, 18820 support arms and mounting equipment for installation included Order No. black 18803-000-55 18827 Weight Material Support depth Fits Special Order No. black 18827-000-55 pure white 18827-000-76 ruby red 18827-000-91 TOPLINE 0.94 kg steel 264 mm 18800, 18810, 18820 ideally suited for stage pianos and keyboards with a small depth 18828 Weight Material Support width Instrument support Special TOPLINE 1.23 kg steel from 526 to 770 mm non-marring slip-proof material self-adhesive rubber pads prevent the instruments from scratching or slipping Order No. black 18828-000-55 Accessories Stacker 18811 Page 165 Provides space for 2 to 3 keyboards in combination with the 18811 and 18822 stackers Short support arms for the »Omega« keyboard stands for stage pianos and keyboards with a small depth On the bottom equipped with four quick-release clamps 164 p23e.k-m.de product video
KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES TOPLINE 1.4 kg steel 400 mm non-marring slip-proof material 18811 the support arms XL can easily be replaced by the standard support 18811 SUPPORT ARM XL 18823 Weight Material Support depth Instrument support Fits Special Order No. black 18823-021-55 STACKER 18822 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Support depth Instrument support Height adjustment Max. load capacity Fits Special TOPLINE 4.2 kg steel from 262 to 375 mm 0° to 20° 330 mm non-marring slip-proof material spring-loaded clamping knobs 25 kg 18800, 18810, 18820, 18828 to hold an additional keyboard, laptop or midi controller; can be tilted in 5 different positions from 0° (horizontal) to 20°; 4-way adjustable in depth TOPLINE 2.6 kg steel from 200 to 275 mm 0° to 20° 280 mm non-marring slip-proof material spring-loaded clamping knobs 15 kg 18811 attachable to table- style keyboard stands »Omega-E« 18800, »Omega« 18810, »Omega Pro« 18820 to hold a third keyboard; can only be used in connection with stacker 18811; tiltable in 5 steps from 0° (horizontal) to 20°; 3-way adjustable in depth STACKER 18811 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Support depth Instrument support Height adjustment Max. load capacity Fits Special Order No. black 18811-000-55 pure white 18811-000-76 ruby red 18811-000-91 Accessories Controller keyboard tray 18819 Stacker 18822 Support arm XL 18823 Page 166 165 165 Tiltable, adjustable in depth and height Order No. black 18822-019-55 pure white 18822-019-76 ruby red 18822-019-91 Accessories Controller keyboard tray 18824 Page 166 165
KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES CONTROLLER KEYBOARD TRAY CONTROLLER KEYBOARD TRAY LAPTOP HOLDER 18819 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special Order No. black 18819-000-55 TOPLINE 1.6 kg aluminum 654 x 335 mm 18811 takes smaller synthe- sizers, controllers, drum machines etc; with integrated handle 18824 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special Order No. black 18824-000-55 TOPLINE 1.3 kg aluminum 660 x 283 mm 18822 takes smaller synthe- sizers, controllers, drum machines etc; with integrated handle 18815 Weight Material Size when folded Height Angle of inclination extendable Laptop rest Adjustment Fits Special TOPLINE 2.2 kg steel holder, aluminum shelf 440 x 340 x 55 mm from 278 to 428 mm 0° to 26° from 240 to 400 mm 356 x 238 mm tilt gradual in 8 settings 18810, 18820, 18950, 18953 infinitely variable in height, direction, distance and tilt Order No. black 18815-018-55 166
KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES CABLE ORGANISER FOR »OMEGA« CABLE CLAMP FOR »OMEGA« ADAPTER 18808 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special Order No. black 18808-000-55 TOPLINE 1.28 kg steel 437 x 100 x 60 mm 18800, 18810, 18820 is hung on the cross- bar of the »Omega«; with side openings for convenient cable routing 18809 Weight Material Height Suitable for Fits Special Order No. black 18809-000-55 TOPLINE 0.03 kg plastic 22 mm Square tube 40 x 40 mm 12170, 18800, 18810, 18820 cable duct inside: approx. 30 x 12 mm; 2 cable clamps are included in the delivery 18814 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special Order No. black 18814-022-55 TOPLINE 0.33 kg steel 240 x 30 x 20 mm 18800, 18810, 18820 additional adapter to attach universal holder 18817 to table-style keyboard stand »Omega«. Accessories Universal holder 18817 Page 172 167
KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES EQUIPMENT STAND TABLE-STYLE KEYBOARD STAND STACKER A 18880 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Adjustment Shape Max. load capacity TOPLINE 3.0 kg aluminum from 630 to 960 mm 400 mm 700 mm interlocking braces keyboard table 50 kg Order No. black 18880-000-55 18881 Weight Material Height Support depth Instrument support Max. load capacity Fits Special Accessories Stacker A 18881 Stacker B 18882 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 168 169 183 Order No. black 18881-000-55 TOPLINE 0.9 kg aluminum from 200 to 370 mm 340 mm big non-marring slip- proof pads and stop pins 25 kg 18880, 18882 attachable to keyboard stand 18880 to hold an additional keyboard; adjustable in tilt and height Fully collapsible 18826 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support depth Support width Adjustment Shape Max. load capacity Special TOPLINE 5.6 kg steel 395 x 105 x 595 mm from 595 to 1,015 mm 350 mm from 250 to 840 mm interlocking braces keyboard table 50 kg suitable for mixer, monitor, keyboard or amplifier; adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces Order No. black 18826-000-55 Accessories Stacker 18941 Universal holder 18944 Tabletop for X-stands 18905 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 156 159 159 183 Versatile all-rounder stand with separately height adjustable support arms. Folds flat 168
STACKER B 18882 Weight Material Height Support depth Instrument support Max. load capacity Fits Special Order No. black 18882-000-55 Accessories Stacker A 18881 TOPLINE 0.97 kg aluminum from 200 to 370 mm from 340 to 450 mm big non-marring slip- proof pads and stop pins 25 kg 18880 in combination with stacker A for 3 keyboards; adjustable in depth, tilt and height Page 168 169
KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES 170 TABLE-STYLE KEYBOARD STAND TOPLINE 9.6 kg steel from 600 to 1,000 mm 395 mm from 650 to 1,030 mm non-marring rubber keyboard table 80 kg heavy-duty stand; individual height-ad- justment for each leg; additional levelling screws for uneven surfaces 18950 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Instrument support Shape Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 18950-017-55 Can be used while standing or sitting. Impresses through its stability and flexibility. The stand is equipped with height adjustable legs with integrat- ed levelling feet for uneven surfaces. Optional sta- cker 18952, microphone arm 18956, music holder 18958, iPad holder 18816 and universal holder 18817 available. Wt: 9.6 kg, H: 600/1000 mm, W: 650/1030 mm, D: 395 mm. Supports max. 80 kg Accessories Universal holder 18807 Laptop holder 18815 Universal holder 18817 Stacker 18952 Adapter 18954 Carrying case 18959 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 172 166 172 171 171 174 183
KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES TOPLINE 2.3 kg steel from 100 to 400 mm 340 mm big non-marring slip- proof pads and stop pins 30 kg 18950, 18953 for second keyboard in combination with 18950 and 18953; adjustable in height, tilt and depth STACKER 18952 Weight Material Height Support depth Instrument support Max. load capacity Fits Special Order No. black 18952-000-55 ADAPTER 18954 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special TOPLINE 0.38 kg steel 200 x 30 x 20 mm 18950, 18953 additional adapter to attach universal holder 18817 to keyboard/ stage piano stand 18950 or 18953; only necessary, when stacker 18952 is installed Order No. black 18954-000-55 Accessories Universal holder 18817 Page 172 TABLE-STYLE STAGE PIANO STAND 18953 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Shape Max. load capacity Special TOPLINE 8.5 kg steel from 600 to 1,000 mm 260 mm 900 mm keyboard table 80 kg heavy-duty stand; individual height-ad- justment for each leg; additional levelling screws for uneven surfaces Order No. black 18953-017-55 pure white 18953-017-76 Accessories Universal holder 18807 Laptop holder 18815 Universal holder 18817 Stacker 18952 Adapter 18954 Carrying case 18955 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 172 166 172 171 171 173 183 For stage pianos, supports max. 80 kg 171
KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES UNIVERSAL HOLDER UNIVERSAL HOLDER 18807 Weight Material Height extendable TOPLINE 1.61 kg steel from 268 to 418 mm from 240 to 400 mm 18817 Weight Material Height extendable TOPLINE 0.74 kg steel 470 mm 140 mm Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Fits Special Max. load capacity Fits Special 18810, 18820, 18950, 18953 infinitely variable in height, direction and distance; connects other accessories, such as boom arm, gooseneck, iPad holder, Tablet PC holder etc. Order No. black 18807-000-55 Accessories Sheet music and c oncept holder 18805 Tablet PC stand holder 19790 Adapter for screens 19685 Boom arm 211/1 Monitor plate S 26748 Monitor plate M 26749 Page 181 356 357 221 256 173 To attach equipment with 3/8“ or 5/8“ threads to the legs of the keyboard tables 18810, 18820 »Omega« as well as 18950 and 18953 172 8 kg 18814, 18950, 18953, 18954 attaches to 18950 or 18953 and also with adapter 18814 to table-style keyboard stand »Omega« 18800, 18810 and 18820; connects other accessories, such as boom arm, gooseneck, iPad holder, Tablet PC holder etc. Order No. black 18817-000-55 Accessories Extension rod 18832 Extension rod 18872 Sheet music and concept holder 18805 Tablet PC stand holder 19790 Adapter for screens 19685 Boom arm 211/1 Monitor plate S 26748 Monitor plate M 26749 Page 173 180 181 356 357 221 256 173 For the keyboard tables 18800, 18810, 18820 »Omega« as well as 18950 and 18953
KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES EXTENSION ROD MONITOR PLATE M CARRYING CASE 18832 Weight Material Dimensions diameter Tube end(s) TOPLINE 0.25 kg steel 25 x 153 mm 3/8 female thread, 3/8 male thread 26749 Weight Material Bearing plate TOPLINE 0.92 kg steel 245 x 205 mm Threaded connector 3/8 Fits Special 18807, 18817 4 rubber pads included Fits 18817 Order No. black 18832-000-55 Order No. black 26749-021-55 18829 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 18829-000-00 TOPLINE 1.1 kg nylon 1,000 x 660 x 180 mm handle and shoulder straps zip fastener 18820 TOPLINE 1.0 kg nylon 900 x 350 x 90 mm handle and shoulder straps zip fastener 18953 CARRYING CASE 18955 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 18955-000-00 173
KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES TOPLINE 1.6 kg nylon 1,150 x 550 x 100 mm handle and shoulder straps zip fastener 18950 CARRYING CASE 18959 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 18959-000-00 174
DISCOVER THE WORLD OF THE KEYBOARD STAND 18860 »SPIDER PRO« 18805 SHEET MUSIC HOLDER Page 181 19790 TABLET PC STAND HOLDER (Example) KEYBOARD STANDS · KEYBOARD TABLES 21140 BOOM ARM (Example) 18872 EXTENSION ROD Page 180 18863 LAPTOP REST Page 179 18873 UNIVERSAL HOLDER Page 179 18876 CONTROLLER KEYBOARD TRAY Page 178 18866 SUPPORT ARM SET B Page 178 18865 SUPPORT ARM SET A Page 178 18860 KEYBOARD STAND »SPIDER PRO« Page 176 175
KEYBOARD STANDS · COLUMN STANDS Support ams with 15° tilt angle Freedom of movement of the legs and room for pedals KEYBOARD STAND »SPIDER PRO« STARLINE 10.5 kg aluminum 1215 x 230 x 160 mm 1,310 mm from 300 to 470 mm from 670 to 940 mm infinitely variable by means of ergo- nomically shaped clamping elements column stand two telescopic pairs, one pair with additional 15° tilt angle 105 kg 35 kg with a 3/8 or 5/8 threaded connec- tor for microphone boom; cable management; comfortable tilt of column; freedom of move- ment of the legs and room for pedals; folds small; gradual adjustment of the depth 18860 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support depth Support width Height adjustment Shape Support arms Max. load capacity Max. load capacity per tier Special Order No. anodized aluminum 18860-000-30 black anodized 18860-000-35 red 18860-000-36 Cable management Folds small Accessories Page 181 Carrying case 18851 178 Support arm set A 18865 178 Support arm set B 18866 179 Universal holder 18873 179 Laptop rest 18863 180 Adapter 18853 180 Threaded bolt set 18864 180 Extension rod 18872 Controller keyboard tray 18876 178 Controller keyboard tray XL 18879 179 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 183 176
KEYBOARD STANDS · COLUMN STANDS KEYBOARD STAND »BABY-SPIDER PRO« 18840 Weight Material Size when folded Height Support depth Support width Height adjustment Shape Support arms Max. load capacity Max. load capacity per tier Special STARLINE 8.06 kg aluminum 860 x 230 x 160 mm 990 mm from 290 to 470 mm from 670 to 980 mm infinitely variable by means of ergo- nomically shaped clamping elements column stand one pair, telescopic 70 kg 35 kg with a 3/8 or 5/8 threaded connector for micro- phone boom; cable management; freedom of move- ment of the legs and gives room for pedals; folds small Order No. anodized aluminum 18840-000-30 black anodized 18840-000-35 The next generation of the »Baby-Spider« key- board stand, equipped with a pair of extendable support arms, a 3/8“ or 5/8“ threaded connector for the attachment of microphone booms and a cable clamp for cable management. Accessories Page Carrying case 18846 Support arm set A 18865 Support arm set B 18866 Universal holder 18873 Laptop rest 18863 Adapter 18853 Threaded bolt set 18864 Extension rod 18872 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 181 178 178 179 179 180 180 180 183 177 Freedom of move- ment of the legs and room for pedals Cable management Folds small
KEYBOARD STANDS · COLUMN STANDS SUPPORT ARM SET A SUPPORT ARM SET B CONTROLLER KEYBOARD TRAY 18865 Weight Material Support depth Support width Max. load capacity Fits Special STARLINE 0.95 kg aluminum from 300 to 490 mm from 650 to 940 mm 35 kg 18840, 18860 telescopic Order No. anodized aluminum 18865-000-30 black anodized 18865-000-35 red 18865-000-36 18866 Weight Material Angle of inclination Support depth Support width Max. load capacity Fits Special STARLINE 0.94 kg aluminum 15° from 290 to 470 mm from 670 to 980 mm 35 kg 18840, 18860 telescopic and 15° tilt angle Order No. anodized aluminum 18866-000-30 black anodized 18866-000-35 red 18866-000-36 Accessories Controller keyboard tray 18876 178 Controller keyboard tray XL 18879 179 Page STARLINE 1.0 kg aluminum 640 x 326 x 25 mm 18860, 18866 to storage smaller syn- thesizers, controllers, drum machines etc; with integrated handle; 4 rubber pads included 18876 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special Order No. black 18876-000-55 To storage smaller synthesizers, controllers, drum machines on the »Spider Pro« 178
KEYBOARD STANDS · COLUMN STANDS CONTROLLER KEYBOARD TRAY XL LAPTOP REST FOR THE »SPIDER PRO« UNIVERSAL HOLDER FOR »SPIDER PRO« 18879 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special STARLINE 1.3 kg aluminum 778 x 368 x 25 mm 18860, 18866 to store synthesizers and other devices up to a depth of 400 mm; with integrated handle; 4 rubber pads included; integrated edge protectors 18863 Weight Material Bearing plate Adjustment Max. load capacity Fits Special STARLINE 1.6 kg steel holder, aluminum shelf 265 x 304 mm toothed joint with wing nut 8 kg 18840, 18860 individually adjustable stop pins; non-slip rubber pads are included Order No. black 18879-000-55 Order No. structured black 18863-024-56 18873 Weight Material STARLINE 0.58 kg steel Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Fits Special 18840, 18860 continuous height adjustment; connects other acces- sories, such as boom arm, gooseneck, iPad holder, Tablet PC holder etc.; incl. thread adapter 3/8 - 5/8 Order No. black 18873-300-55 Accessories Sheet music and concept holder 18805 Adapter for screens 19685 Tablet PC stand holder 19790 Page 181 357 356 To store synthesizers and other devices up to a depth of 400 mm The new »Spider Pro« laptop rest. For all common laptop models, mixers, etc. 179
KEYBOARD STANDS · COLUMN STANDS ADAPTER FOR »SPIDER PRO« THREADED BOLT SET FOR »SPIDER PRO« EXTENSION ROD 18864 Weight Material STARLINE 0.04 kg steel Male thread 3/8 or rather M8 18872 Weight Material Height STARLINE 0.39 kg steel from 330 to 550 mm 2-piece folding design Fits Special Order No. black zinc-plated 18864-000-25 18840, 18860 Rod combination only necessary when the »Spider Pro« is modified to take the laptop rest 18863; features: to mount microphone booms and music sheet desks to the »Spider Pro« products; long threaded bolt necessary when laptop rest 18863 is installed Height adjustment clutch Threaded connector 3/8 18817, 18840, 18860 in combination with threaded bolt set 18864 to mount micro- phone booms to the »Spider Pro« products when laptop rest 18863 is installed Fits Special Order No. black 18872-300-55 STARLINE 0.14 kg steel 136 x 85 x 29 mm 18840, 18860 reinforcement to attach heavy booms and sheet music holders 18853 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special Order No. black 18853-000-55 180
KEYBOARD STANDS · COLUMN STANDS SHEET MUSIC AND CONCEPT HOLDER 18805 Weight Material Music desk dimensions STARLINE 1.5 kg steel 416 x 296 x 30 mm Threaded connector 3/8 18807, 18817, 18873, 18944 prismatic »V-block« connector Fits Special Order No. black 18805-300-55 CARRYING CASE CARRYING CASE 18851 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 18851-000-00 STARLINE 0.88 kg nylon 1,280 x 180 x 185 mm handle zip fastener 18846 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener 18860, 21338, 21340 Fits STARLINE 0.7 kg nylon 880 x 180 x 185 mm handle zip fastener 14160, 15045, 17620, 18840, 21454 Order No. 18846-000-00 181
TROLLEY FOR DIGITAL UPRIGHT PIANOS 10.8 kg steel from 1,038 to 1,525 mm from 304 to 526 mm 78 mm 80 kg locking castors; lifts the digital upright piano only ~25 mm; self-adhesive felt pads included 18804 Weight Material Width Depth Height Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 18804-000-55 The unique trolley sets your digital piano in motion. This is suitable for all common digital pianos, such as the Yamaha Clavinova CLP-800 series or the Kawaii CA and CN series, and gives you extra mobility on stage, in schools and music schools, in the rehearsal room or at home. The adjustable width ranges from 1,038 to 1,525 mm and in depth, adjustment dimensions of 304 to 526 mm are possible. Thanks to the lockable castors and low-profile design, the digital piano can remain on the trolley even while playing. KEYBOARD STANDS · ACCESSORIES 182
Example: Trolley 18806 with table-style keyboard stand 18950 Adjustable in length; locking casters KEYBOARD STANDS · ACCESSORIES TROLLEY FOR KEYBOARD STANDS 7.1 kg steel 183 mm 74 mm from 564 to 787 mm 80 kg 12160, 12170, 18810, 18820, 18826, 18840, 18860, 18880, 18900, 18930, 18933, 18950, 18953, 18962, 18963, 18969, 18990, 18993, 18997, 42040 locking castors 18806 Weight Material Width Height extendable Max. load capacity Fits Special Order No. black 18806-000-55 „Keep on Rolling- The unique trolley keeps your keyboard stand on the move. The trolley provides extra mobility on stage, in rehearsal rooms or at home. The trolley is suited for all standard König & Meyer keyboard and equipment stands. Both trolleys are adjustable in length. Thanks to the locking casters the keyboard stand can remain on the trolley while in use. 183
Accessories for stages, studios and home recording On stage, in the studio, or in the rehearsal room – König & Meyer stands and racks are the foundation for a professional setup. The high-quality equipment offers impressive stability and remains visually discreet in the background. Thanks to the timeless design and unwavering quality, it meets the typical demands and practical functional needs of professional musicians. A large selection of accessories guarantees flexibility for every application. The systems can be expanded as required and adapted as needed. 185
ACCESSORIES FOR STAGE, STUDIO AND HOME-RECORDING · HEADPHONE HOLDERS HEADPHONE TABLE STAND HEADPHONE HOLDER HEADPHONE HOLDER WITH TABLE CLAMP 0.19 kg steel 60 x 70 x 180 mm 60 mm 100 mm tube diameter 30 mm rubber covered for up to 2 standard headphones and 4 In-Ear headphones 0.26 kg steel 60 mm 100 mm up to 48 mm rubber covered for up to 2 standard headphones and 4 In-Ear headphones; the holder can be rotated from any position by 90° 16085 Weight Material Support depth Support width Clamping range Support Special Order No. black 16085-000-55 0.7 kg steel 147 x 145 x 250 mm rubber covered slip-resistant by rubber pads 16075 Weight Material Dimensions Support Special Order No. sand beige 16075-000-42 structured black 16075-000-56 gray 16075-000-87 16080 Weight Material Size when folded Support depth Support width Screw-on to Support Special Order No. black 16080-000-55 Can easily take two sets of headphones 186
ACCESSORIES FOR STAGE, STUDIO AND HOME-RECORDING · HEADPHONE HOLDERS HEADPHONE HOLDER HEADPHONE WALL HOLDER HEADPHONE WALL HOLDER 16090 Weight Material Support depth Support width Clamping range Support Special Order No. black 16090-000-55 0.21 kg steel 60 mm 100 mm up to 42 mm rubber covered for up to 2 standard headphones and 4 In-Ear headphones 16312 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Special Order No. black 16312-000-55 0.08 kg plastic 95 mm 68 mm 60 mm screws and anchors included Can easily take two sets of headphones 0.1 kg steel 31 mm 74 mm 36 mm for one standard headphone and 2 In-Ear headphones; screws and anchors included 16311 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Special Order No. black 16311-000-55 pure white 16311-000-76 2 in-ear headphones can also be placed on the slotted front of the holder. Two-part system (bracket and plastic cover) to hide the mounting screws 187
ACCESSORIES FOR STAGE, STUDIO AND HOME-RECORDING · HEADPHONE HOLDERS HEADPHONE HOLDER HEADPHONE HOLDER 0.11 kg steel 2 spaces swiveling 49302 Weight Material Height (units) Special Order No. black 49302-012-55 0.18 kg steel 106 x 100 x 81 mm 72 mm 100 mm rubber covered two wooden screws included; can be mounted under a table 16330 Weight Material Dimensions Support depth Support width Support Special Order No. black 16330-000-55 Swiveling holder 188
ACCESSORIES FOR STAGE, STUDIO AND HOME-RECORDING · AMP, MONITOR AND MIXER STANDS MIXER STAND EURORACK STAND 1.39 kg steel 350 x 285 mm 30° non-marring slip-proof material for „Eurorack“ cases up to 7 spaces as well as other devices 28140 Weight Material Level top Angle of inclination Instrument support Special Order No. black 28140-000-55 6.88 kg steel from 700 to 1,050 mm 0° to 83° 310 mm from 453 to 658 mm collapsible square tube legs amplifiers and mixers continuous spring-loaded clamping knob felt pads 650 mm 35 kg 4 additional levelling screw for uneven surfaces 28075 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Support depth Support width Leg construction Suitable for Adjustment Height adjustment Support Base diameter Max. load capacity Number of legs Special Order No. black 28075-022-55 Useful for example for “Eurorack” cases 189
ACCESSORIES FOR STAGE, STUDIO AND HOME-RECORDING · AMP, MONITOR AND MIXER STANDS AMP STAND 28130 Weight Material Size when folded Height Angle of inclination Support depth Support width Leg construction Suitable for Support Max. load capacity Number of legs Special Order No. black 28130-011-55 1.58 kg steel 122 x 86 x 602 mm from 570 to 990 mm 15° to 28° from 280 to 385 mm from 350 to 530 mm tube legs with cross braces amplifiers, monitors and speakers non-marring material 35 kg 3 with a 3/8 or 5/8 threaded connection for attaching a microphone boom; folds very small; support arms with non-marring rubber The amp stand can hold monitors, amps or other equipment to a max. weight of 35 kg without a problem. The angled front legs have significantly improved the stand’s stability and strength. The low centre of gravity ensures even larger amps are securely displayed. The fine adjustment on the supporting leg allows a tilt between 15° and 28°. A microphone can be attached to the telescopic tube using a boom arm with a thread of either 3/8“ or 5/8“. Folds compactly. Accessories Carrying case 10811 Page 63 190
MIXER STAND 42040 Weight Material Height Support depth Support width Adjustment Support Max. load capacity Order No. black 42040-000-55 2.6 kg aluminum 725 mm 480 mm from 300 to 550 mm interlocking braces non-marring rubber 40 kg Accessories Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 183 191
ACCESSORIES FOR STAGE, STUDIO AND HOME-RECORDING · 19“ EQUIPMENT RACK DESK STAND RACK WAGON EXTENDER BRACKETS 19 4.34 kg steel 445 mm 437 x 534 mm 8 spaces Cage nuts M6 (16 pieces) and locking screws M6 x 16 mm are included 42020 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Adjustment Height (units) Max. load capacity Special 40900 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Height (units) Special Order No. black 40900-000-55 2.14 kg steel 500 mm 9 spaces 42020 Cage nuts M5 and locking screws M5 x 16 (16 pieces) are included 42021 Weight Material Height Height (units) Fits Special Order No. black 42021-000-55 12.88 kg steel 910 mm 625 x 550 mm T-bar locking screw 12 spaces in top sec- tion, 9 spaces in lower section 50 kg four castors, two of them locking; Cage nuts M5 and locking screws M5 x 16 (32 pieces) are included; angle adjustable to 45°; heavy-duty construction Order No. black 42020-000-55 Accessories Extender brackets 19 42021 Page 192 Load-bearing capacity: 50 kg 192
ACCESSORIES FOR STAGE, STUDIO AND HOME-RECORDING · 19“ EQUIPMENT RACK 48240 Material Dimensions Special RACK 48260 Material Special steel 525 x 429 mm rack rails on front and back side steel rack rails on front and back side; sloped front; with castors Order No. black, 8 spaces, 9,92 kg 48240-008-55 black, 12 spaces, 10,0 kg 48240-012-55 Order No. black, 16 spaces, 16,32 kg 48260-016-55 black, 21 spaces, 18,56 kg 48260-021-55 193
ACCESSORIES FOR STAGE, STUDIO AND HOME-RECORDING · 19“ EQUIPMENT 19 RACK SHELF UNIVERSAL RACK SHELF SLIDING SHELF 28481-28483 Material steel Special in 1, 2 and 3 spaces 300 mm or 380 mm deep 49035 Weight Material Height (units) Special Order No. black, 1 space, 300 mm, 1,84 kg 28481-000-55 black, 1 space, 380 mm, 2,37 kg 28481-070-55 black, 2 spaces, 300 mm, 2,16 kg 28482-000-55 black, 2 spaces, 380 mm, 2,79 kg 28482-070-55 black, 3 spaces, 300 mm, 2,5 kg 28483-000-55 black, 3 spaces, 380 mm, 3,13 kg 28483-070-55 Order No. black 49035-000-55 1.5 kg steel 1 space to mount half rack components, wireless units, and other gear horizontally 49070 Weight Material Height (units) Special Order No. black 49070-000-55 5.2 kg steel 1 space security lock for uncontrolled reverse motion PANEL PANEL 28210-28240 Material Thickness Special aluminum 2 mm flat style 28306-28312 Material Suitable for steel XLR jacks VENTILATION PANEL 28451/28452 Material Special steel with ventilation slots Order No. black, 6 XLR, 0,2 kg 28306-000-55 black, 8 XLR, 0,2 kg 28308-000-55 black, 12 XLR, 0,24 kg 28312-000-55 Order No. black, 1 space, 0,26 kg 28451-000-55 black, 2 spaces, 0,46 kg 28452-000-55 Order No. black, 1 space, 0,06 kg 28210-070-55 black, 2 spaces, 0,2 kg 28220-070-55 black, 3 spaces, 0,34 kg 28230-070-55 black, 4 spaces, 0,4 kg 28240-070-55 194
ACCESSORIES FOR STAGE, STUDIO AND HOME-RECORDING · 19“ EQUIPMENT PANEL 494/1 Material Thickness Special steel 1.5 mm flanged style PANEL 494/2 Material Thickness Special RACKMOUNT STORAGE aluminum 1.5 mm flanged style 491/2 Material Depth Special steel 390 mm with keylock heavy-duty slides Order No. black, 1 space, 0,345 kg 49411-000-55 black, 2 spaces, 0,59 kg 49412-000-55 black, 3 spaces, 0,8 kg 49413-000-55 black, 4 spaces, 1,1 kg 49414-000-55 Order No. black, 1 space, 0,13 kg 49421-000-55 black, 2 spaces, 0,22 kg 49422-000-55 black, 3 spaces, 0,33 kg 49423-000-55 black, 4 spaces, 0,38 kg 49424-000-55 Order No. black, 2 spaces, 6,97 kg 49122-072-55 black, 3 spaces, 8,12 kg 49123-073-55 black, 4 spaces, 8,7 kg 49124-074-55 19-POWER BOX 19 POWER BOX 19 POWER BOX 28672 Weight Material Connection Electrical connec- tion data Height (units) On/off switch Sockets Plug Special 0.75 kg plastic electric cable 2 m 220 V - 250 V AC 50 Hz - 60 Hz 1 space Yes 7 piece on the back side shockproofed maximum 3500 W total power input under regular technical connection conditions 28673 Weight Material Connection Electrical connec- tion data Height (units) On/off switch Sockets Plug Special 0.75 kg plastic electric cable 2 m 220 V - 250 V AC 50 Hz - 60 Hz 1 space No 8 piece on the front side shockproofed maximum 3500 W total power input under regular technical connection conditions 28674 Weight Material Connection Electrical connec- tion data Height (units) On/off switch Sockets Plug Special 0.75 kg plastic electric cable 2 m 220 V - 250 V AC 50 Hz - 60 Hz 1 space Yes 7 piece on the front side shockproofed maximum 3500 W total power input under regular technical connection conditions Order No. black 28672-000-55 Order No. black 28673-000-55 Order No. black 28674-000-55 195
ACCESSORIES FOR STAGE, STUDIO AND HOME-RECORDING · 19“ EQUIPMENT SINGLE RACK RAIL CABLE HANGER 28410 Weight Material 0.24 kg steel Height (units) 10 spaces Special other space units upon request Order No. black 28410-000-55 49020 Weight Material Dimensions Special Order No. black 49020-000-55 1.4 kg steel 650 x 118 x 55 mm 31 slots in widths of 5.3 mm or 7.5 mm The ideal cable wall mount for studio, workshop and rehearsal room 196
Microphone stands König & Meyer microphone stands have had an excellent reputation worldwide for decades. There’s hardly a large music studio, concert venue or stage event of any kind that isn’t equipped with König & Meyer microphone stands. Is it the precise mecha- nisms, the robust clamping elements, the quality of the materials or the precise workmanship? We believe that it’s the sum of all parts of a stand developed with meticulous attention to detail. We’re proud to offer impressive products of the highest quality on a daily basis. 199
MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND MICROPHONE STAND MICROPHONE STAND 199 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment BASELINE 1.52 kg steel 565 x 95 x 85 mm from 625 to 1,480 mm socket with foldable legs 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws Threaded connector 3/8 Special plastic base; folds very small Order No. black 19900-300-55 260/1 Weight Material Height Leg construction BASELINE 3.6 kg steel from 870 to 1,575 mm flat round cast-iron base 260 Weight Material Height Leg construction BASELINE 5.74 kg steel from 870 to 1,565 mm heavy round cast-iron base 2-piece folding design 2-piece folding design Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special clutch 250 mm anti-vibration rubber insert for noise filtration Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special clutch 250 mm anti-vibration rubber insert for noise filtration Order No. chrome 26010-300-02 black 26010-300-55 pure white 26010-300-76 Accessories Knurled washer 26004 Carrying case 26019 Page 256 247 Order No. chrome 26000-300-02 black 26000-300-55 Accessories Knurled washer 26004 Carrying case 26019 Page 256 247 Cast-iron round base 200
MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND MICROPHONE STAND ONE HAND MICROPHONE STAND 201/2 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction TOPLINE 201A/2 2.0 kg steel 105 x 85 x 840 mm from 890 to 1,590 mm socket with foldable legs Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction TOPLINE 2.4 kg steel 105 x 85 x 840 mm from 900 to 1,605 mm socket with foldable legs Rod combination 2-piece folding design Rod combination 2-piece folding design Height adjustment clutch Threaded connector 3/8 Special zinc die-cast base; short-legged design Height adjustment clutch Threaded connector 3/8 Special zinc die-cast base Order No. black 20120-300-55 Order No. black 20130-300-55 Small footprint 25680 Weight Material Height Leg construction TOPLINE 2.14 kg leg construction made from steel, rod combination made from aluminum from 1,100 to 1,820 mm socket with foldable legs Rod combination 2-piece folding design Height adjustment »Soft-Touch« one-hand clutch Threaded connector 3/8 Special zinc die-cast base Order No. black 25680-300-55 Accessories Adapter for »Elvis Microphones« 20003 Page 252 »Soft-Touch« one-hand clutch mechanism which easily raises and lowers the mic 201
MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS STACKABLE MICROPHONE STAND STACKABLE ONE-HAND MICROPHONE STAND ONE HAND MICROPHONE STAND 26045 Weight Material Height Leg construction TOPLINE 3.4 kg steel from 870 to 1,575 mm flat round cast-iron base 26075 Weight Material Height 2-piece folding design Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special clutch 278 mm round cast-iron base with a cut-out design that allows for stacking of up to 5 microphone stands Order No. black 26045-300-55 Accessories Knurled washer 26004 Carrying case 26019 Page 256 247 TOPLINE 3.0 kg cast-iron base, rod combination made from aluminum from 1,060 to 1,790 mm flat round cast-iron base 2-piece folding design »Soft-Touch« one-hand clutch Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 278 mm round cast-iron base with a cut-out design that allows for stacking of up to 5 microphone stands Order No. black 26075-300-55 Accessories Adapter for »Elvis Microphones« 20003 Knurled washer 26004 Carrying case 26019 Page 252 256 247 26085 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment TOPLINE 3.2 kg cast-iron base, rod combination made from aluminum from 1,060 to 1,790 mm flat round cast-iron base 2-piece folding design »Soft-Touch« one-hand clutch Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 250 mm anti-vibration rubber insert for noise filtration Order No. black 26085-300-55 Accessories Adapter for »Elvis Microphones« 20003 Knurled washer 26004 Carrying case 26019 Page 252 256 247 »Soft-Touch« one-hand clutch mechanism which easily raises and lowers the mic »Soft-Touch« one-hand clutch mechanism which easily raises and lowers the mic Round cast-iron base with a cut-out design that allows for stacking of up to 5 microphone stands 202
MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND »LARGE« MICROPHONE STAND L MICROPHONE STAND XL 26050 Weight Material Height TOPLINE 3.2 kg steel from 1,050 to 1,750 mm round base Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special clutch 2-piece folding design 275 mm significantly light- weight, but nonethe- less stable due to the ingenious round base with an integrated steel plate with an attractive plastic cover; circumferential rubber profile reduces unde- sirable vibration and footfall noise Order No. black 26050-300-55 Extra-long extension Round base with rubber ring The metal plate ensures excellent stability 20125 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment TOPLINE 3.15 kg steel from 1,100 to 1,810 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch/clamping element with locking screw Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 440 mm full-metal feet with sound-insulation rub- ber end caps provide excellent stability 20150 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment TOPLINE 4.97 kg steel 1,120 mm from 1,190 to 3,220 mm socket with foldable legs 3-piece folding design clutch/clamping element with locking screw Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 850 mm extendable to more than 3 m Order No. black 20125-300-55 Order No. black 20150-300-55 For special recording techniques and antenna positions. Extendable to more than 3 m. Full metal feet with a small footprint of ø 440 mm Full metal feet with a large footprint of ø 850 mm 203
MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND - TUBE COMBINATION MICROPHONE STAND »SOFT-TOUCH« MICROPHONE STAND 26007 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment TOPLINE 1.73 kg steel from 1,120 to 3,150 mm 3-piece folding design clutch/clamping element with locking screw Threaded connector 3/8 Special extendable to more than 3 m; Adapter 21950 included Order No. black 26007-319-55 Accessories Base plate 26009 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate M 26712 Base plate L 26715 Page 256 293 293 294 294 26010 Weight Material Height Leg construction STARLINE 3.8 kg steel from 870 to 1,575 mm flat round cast-iron base 26125 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special clutch 250 mm anti-vibration rubber in- sert for noise filtration; gray powder coating; low light reflection 2-piece folding design 2-piece folding design Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special clutch STARLINE 3.36 kg steel from 1,000 to 1,700 mm round base 275 mm stable, lightweight metal round base with plastic cover; full circle anti-vibration rubber damping ring for noise filtration; large support area provides great stability Order No. gray 26010-300-87 Accessories Carrying case 26019 Page 247 Order No. black 26125-300-55 Accessories Carrying case 26019 Page 247 Easy-to-grip clutch with elastic surface Slim clutch Attractive gray powder coating; Low light reflection; Eye-catcher on every stage Can be used with the round microphone stand bases and the larger loudspea- ker stand bases. Big tubes provide a modern look and superior stability; Tall tubing combination Round base with a full circle anti-vibration rubber damping ring For special recording techniques and antenna positions. Extendable to more than 3 m. Adapter 21950 included. 204
Smoothly and silently adjustable one-hand system Lightweight, but nonetheless stable steel base MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS ONE-HAND MICROPHONE STAND »ELEGANCE« 26200 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector Base diameter Special STARLINE 3.0 kg rod combination made from alumi- num, handle bar zinc die-cast from 1,055 to 1,735 mm round base 2-piece folding design one-hand clutch 3/8 275 mm knurled screw is impossible to lose; silent and smooth height adjustment; stable, lightweight round steel base with plastic cover; circumferential rubber profile reduces undesirable vibration and footfall noise Avant-garde, one-hand micro- phone stand; can be adjusted soundlessly, simply and easily; knurled screw is impossible to lose Order No. black 26200-300-55 The height of the stand can be adjusted sound- lessly, simply and easily using the unique one- hand clutch. The stand is significantly lightweight, but nonetheless stable due to the ingenious round base with an integrated steel plate with an attractive plastic cover. The base’s circumferential rubber profile reduces undesirable vibration and footfall noise even when the stand is tilted far over to the side. Damage to flooring (e.g. parquet) is p16e.k-m.de product video also prevented. Accessories Adapter for »Elvis Microphones« 20003 Carrying case 26019 Page 252 247 205
MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS Smoothly and silently adjustable one-hand system Lightweight, but nonetheless stable steel base 206 ONE-HAND MICROPHONE STAND »PERFORMANCE« 26250 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector Base diameter Special STARLINE 2.99 kg rod combination made from aluminum, handle bar plastic from 1,055 to 1,750 mm round base 2-piece folding design one-hand clutch 3/8 275 mm silent and smooth height adjustment; stable, lightweight round steel base with plastic cover; circumferential rub- ber profile reduces undesirable vibration and footfall noise Order No. black 26250-300-55 With the practical one-hand system the height of the stand can be adjusted smoothly and silently (no scratching noises). The ingenious steel base with its elegant plastic cover provides more stability even though the base is much lighter. A circular rubber insert ring on the base also reduces unwanted vibrations and foot traffic noise, even when the stand is placed in extreme positions. In addition, the floor (e.g. wood floor) is protected from possible damage. Accessories Adapter for »Elvis Microphones« 20003 Carrying case 26019 Page 252 247
MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS XLR MICROPHONE STAND WITH GOOSENECK 27500 Weight Material Height Leg construction Female connector for microphone Gooseneck diameter Gooseneck length Base diameter Special STARLINE 3.3 kg steel 1,520 mm socket with foldable legs 3-pin XLR connector 15 mm 350 mm 440 mm stand with wired XLR connections and ad- ditional gooseneck; angle plug 3-pin XLR connector; full-metal feet with sound-insulation rub- ber end caps provide excellent stability 3-pin XLR connector Gooseneck Order No. black 27500-000-55 Professional stand with wired XLR connections and additional gooseneck. This premium stand allows the microphone to be connected directly to the stand without a microphone clamp or external cable. There is an angle plug 3-pin XLR connector at the lower end of the tube for cable connection. High-quality digital audio cables are built into both the microphone stand and the gooseneck. These are drawn in, soldered and tested by hand at the KLOTZ AIS factory in Germany. The powder-coated stand has a height of 1,165 mm and can be extended to 1,520 mm with the included gooseneck. The robust, short full metal feet with impact sound absorbing foot caps ensure an excellent, space- saving positioning and are simply folded away for transportation. 207 Full-metal feet
MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND MICROPHONE STAND MICROPHONE STAND 26020 Weight Material Height Leg construction BASELINE 5.87 kg steel from 860 to 1,550 mm heavy round cast-iron base 21070 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction 2-piece folding design BASELINE 2.19 kg steel 105 x 85 x 960 mm from 900 to 1,600 mm socket with foldable legs Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm clutch Boom arm length Boom arm clamping wing nut Special 2-piece telescopic design from 425 to 725 mm anti-vibration rubber insert for noise filtration 2-piece folding design clutch Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm one-piece design Boom arm length 805 mm Boom arm clamping wing nut Special zinc die-cast base Order No. black 21070-300-55 Accessories Carrying case 21421 Page 247 25400 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction BASELINE 1.84 kg steel 95 x 80 x 865 mm from 890 to 1,600 mm U-profile legs snap into socket 2-piece folding design clutch Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping locking knob Base diameter Special one-piece design 805 mm 660 mm boom arm non-detachable Order No. black 25400-300-55 Order No. black 26020-300-55 208
MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND MICROPHONE STAND 27105 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction BASELINE 2.3 kg steel 105 x 85 x 960 mm from 900 to 1,600 mm socket with foldable legs 27195 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction BASELINE 2.3 kg steel 96 x 85 x 985 mm from 900 to 1,600 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm one-piece design Boom arm length 805 mm Boom arm clamping wing nut Special plastic base 2-piece folding design Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm clutch 2-piece telescopic design from 425 to 725 mm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping wing nut Special plastic base Order No. black 27105-300-55 Order No. black 27195-300-55 Accessories Carrying case 21421 Page 247 Accessories Carrying case 21421 Page 247 209
MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS An absolute classic - often imitated - never duplicated! Designed for heavy use. 210 MICROPHONE STAND 210/2 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector Boom arm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping Special TOPLINE 3.2 kg steel 105 x 85 x 960 mm from 900 to 1,605 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch 3/8 one-piece design 800 mm T-bar locking screw the industry standard; stable and sturdy; zinc die-cast base; designed for heavy use Order No. chrome 21020-300-02 black 21020-300-55 Often copied – but never duplicated – a König & Meyer classic. High-quality materials and quality craftsmanship have made this stand a global standard for microphone stands for over 50 years. Accessories Carrying case 21421 Page 247
MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND MICROPHONE STAND MICROPHONE STAND 210/9 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction TOPLINE 3.2 kg steel 105 x 85 x 985 mm from 900 to 1,605 mm socket with foldable legs 210/6 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction TOPLINE 3.0 kg steel 105 x 85 x 960 mm from 925 to 1,630 mm socket with foldable legs 210/8 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction TOPLINE 3.0 kg steel 96 x 85 x 985 mm from 925 to 1,630 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm clutch 2-piece telescopic design Boom arm length from 435 to 745 mm Boom arm clamping T-bar locking screw stable and sturdy; Special zinc die-cast base Order No. chrome 21090-300-02 black 21090-300-55 pure white 21090-300-76 Accessories Carrying case 21421 Page 247 2-piece folding design clutch Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm one-piece design Boom arm length 805 mm Boom arm clamping wing nut Special zinc die-cast base 2-piece folding design Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm clutch 2-piece telescopic design from 425 to 725 mm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping wing nut Special zinc die-cast base Order No. black 21060-300-55 Order No. black 21080-300-55 Accessories Carrying case 21421 Page 247 Accessories Carrying case 21421 Page 247 211
MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND MICROPHONE STAND MICROPHONE STAND »SOFT-TOUCH« 26145 Weight Material Height Leg construction TOPLINE 6.2 kg steel from 1,000 to 1,700 mm heavy round cast-iron base 21060 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction STARLINE 3.0 kg steel 105 x 85 x 960 mm from 925 to 1,630 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design 252 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment TOPLINE 2.9 kg steel 110 x 85 x 730 mm from 620 to 1,470 mm socket with foldable legs 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm 2-piece telescopic design Boom arm length from 425 to 725 mm Boom arm clamping T-bar locking screw zinc die-cast base Special folds very small Order No. black 25200-300-55 Accessories Carrying case 10811 Page 63 Order No. black 26145-300-55 Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm clutch 2-piece telescopic design from 435 to 745 mm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping T-bar locking screw Base diameter Special 300 mm slim clutch; tall tubing combination; big tubes provide a modern look and a superior stability 2-piece folding design clutch Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm one-piece design Boom arm length 805 mm Boom arm clamping wing nut Special zinc die-cast base; gray powder coating; low light reflection Order No. gray 21060-300-87 Accessories Carrying case 21421 Page 247 Slim clutch; Tall tubing combination; Big tubes provide a modern look and a superior stability Easy-to-grip clutch with elastic surface Attractive gray powder coating; Low light reflection; Eye-catcher on every stage 212
Easy-to-grip clutch with elastic surface Attractive gray Soft-Touch powder coating; Low light reflection; Eye-catcher on every stage MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND »SOFT-TOUCH« STARLINE 3.0 kg steel 96 x 85 x 985 mm from 925 to 1,630 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch 3/8 2-piece telescopic design from 425 to 725 mm wing nut zink die-cast base; gray powder coating; low light reflection 21080 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector Boom arm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping Special Order No. gray 21080-300-87 The attractive basalt gray powder coating gives the microphone stand an extravagant accent and reduces light reflection to a minimum. This stand is perfect for professional use on the public stage. Further features include the easy-to-grip »Soft- Touch« clutch with an elastic plastic cover and a boom arm with user-friendly wing nut adjustment. Accessories Carrying case 21421 Page 247 213
MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND 25600 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction STARLINE 3.34 kg steel 105 x 90 x 1,090 mm from 970 to 1,640 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm clutch 2-piece telescopic design Boom arm length from 565 to 920 mm Boom arm clamping heavy-duty all metal clamping lever zinc die-cast base; no parts to lose; clamping lever can be used for cable management Special Order No. black 25600-300-55 Accessories Carrying case 21422 Page 304 The exclusive microphone stand 214
MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND 21010 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector Boom arm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping Special STARLINE 4.8 kg steel 120 x 90 x 920 mm from 1,030.to 1,730 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch 3/8 2-piece telescopic design from 420 to 730 mm T-bar locking screw stable and sturdy; zinc die-cast base with full metal feet; exclusive swivel joint Order No. black 21010-300-55 The 21010 with its exclusive swivel joint is the “load carrier” among microphone stands. The rock-solid stand, equipped with heavy full metal feet, reaches an adjustable height of 1,030- 1,730 mm and impresses with its exceptional stability. The specially designed swivel joint, with the world-renowned T-bar locking screw, offers excellent stability even with heavy studio microphones and holds its set position even after hours. The boom arm measures between 420 and 730 mm over its entire length. 215
MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS OVERHEAD MICROPHONE STAND OVERHEAD MICROPHONE STAND OVERHEAD MICROPHONE STAND 20800 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment 3.8 kg steel from 1,350 to 3,100 mm tube legs with cross braces 3-piece folding design clamping element with locking screw 20811 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment 10.5 kg steel from 1,850 to 4,400 mm tube legs with double cross braces 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 1,000 mm for special stage and studio applications; adjustable up to 3.10 m Threaded connector 1/2 Base diameter Special 1,485 mm adjustable up to 4.40 m; additional safety rings included Order No. black 20800-309-55 Order No. black 20811-409-55 Accessories Carrying case 21422 Page 304 Accessories Boom arm 21231 Page 223 21021 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction 5.9 kg steel 105 x 85 x 1,170 mm from 1,120 to 2,010 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design clutch Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping T-bar locking screw zinc die-cast base; Special extra high; longer, heavy legs one-piece design 1,065 mm Order No. black 21021-300-55 Accessories Carrying case 21422 Page 304 216
MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS OVERHEAD MICROPHONE STAND OVERHEAD MICROPHONE STAND 21411 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment 4.94 kg steel from 1,480 to 2,290 mm tube legs with double cross braces 2-piece folding design clamping element with locking screw Threaded connector 1/2 Max. load capacity Special 12 kg for special stage and studio applications; rod combination with additional locking mechanism Order No. black 21411-400-55 Accessories Boom arm 21231 Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Pro« 21312 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Page 223 302 304 303 Approved for loads up to 12 kg. Height-adjustable up to 2 m. 21430 Weight Material Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment 17.42 kg steel from 1,340 to 2,210 mm cast-iron base 2-piece folding design clamping element with locking screw Threaded connector 5/8 Boom arm Boom arm length 2-piece telescopic design from 1,070 to 1,870 mm Boom arm clamping T-bar locking screw Base diameter Special 660 mm heavy cast-iron base with low centre of gravity for high level safety; 3 lockable castor wheels; extendable boom arm with a 3 kg counter- weight; additional mini boom arm with 5/8- and 3/8 thread and length of 245 mm Order No. black 21430-500-55 Additional mini boom arm Boom arm with a counterweight 217
259/1 Weight Material Height Leg construction 1.9 kg steel 280 mm socket with foldable legs Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping T-bar locking screw Special one-piece design 525 mm extra low design; zinc die-cast base Order No. black 25910-300-55 Accessories Carrying case 10811 Page 63 Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm clutch 2-piece telescopic design Boom arm length from 435 to 745 mm Boom arm clamping T-bar locking screw Special low-level microphone stand; zinc die-cast base Order No. black 25900-300-55 Accessories Carrying case 10811 Page 63 MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND MICROPHONE STAND MICROPHONE STAND 255 Weight Material Height Leg construction 4.1 kg steel 290 mm socket with foldable legs 259 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction 2.2 kg steel 115 x 85 x 580 mm from 425 to 645 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm 2-piece telescopic design from 870 to 1,550 mm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping T-bar locking screw zinc die-cast base; Special extra low design Order No. black 25500-300-55 218
MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND »RIEN« 2.98 kg steel 122 x 85 x 450 mm 280 mm socket with foldable legs 3/8 2-piece telescopic design from 425 to 725 mm T-bar locking screw zinc die-cast base; extra low design; very short, heavy legs 25950 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Threaded connector Boom arm Boom arm length Boom arm clamping Special Order No. black 25950-300-55 The low-level stand is particularly suitable for bass drums or bass amplifiers. Very short and heavy legs mean this stand needs very little standing space. A telescopic boom arm completes the features of this compact unit. Accessories Carrying case 14303 Page 95 219
MICROPHONE STANDS · FLOOR STANDS MICROPHONE STAND MICROPHONE STAND MICROPHONE STAND »SOFT-TOUCH« 25993 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm clutch Boom arm length Boom arm clamping wing nut Special 2.4 kg steel from 275 to 405 mm 250 x 202 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design 2-piece telescopic design from 333 to 565 mm for bass drum, AMPs, Cajon, etc.; space saving flat foot construction; elastic rubber feet ab- sorb the impact sound 25960 Weight Material Height Leg construction 5.25 kg steel 430 mm heavy round cast-iron base 25900 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm 2-piece telescopic design Boom arm clamping wing nut Boom arm length Base diameter Special from 425 to 725 mm 250 mm anti-vibration rubber insert for noise filtration Order No. black 25960-300-55 2.1 kg steel 115 x 85 x 580 mm from 425 to 645 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm clutch 2-piece telescopic design Boom arm length from 425 to 725 mm Boom arm clamping T-bar locking screw Special low-level microphone stand; zinc die-cast base; gray powder coating; low light reflection Order No. gray 25900-370-87 Attractive gray powder coating; Low light reflection; Eye-catcher on every stage Easy-to-grip clutch with elastic surface Order No. black 25993-300-55 220
MINI BOOM ARM 21431 Weight 0.31 kg steel Material Boom arm Boom arm length Clamping Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 one-piece design 290 mm wing nut BOOM ARM 21160 Weight 0.5 kg steel Material Boom arm Boom arm length Clamping Threaded connector 3/8 one-piece design 395 mm wing nut Special suitable for overhead uses Special short boom arm Order No. black 21431-300-55 Order No. black 21160-300-55 MICROPHONE STANDS · BOOM ARMS BOOM ARM 211/1 Weight Material Boom arm 0.64 kg steel 2-piece telescopic design from 435 to 745 mm T-bar locking screw Boom arm length Clamping Threaded connector 3/8 Fits 18807, 18817, 18944 Order No. chrome 21110-300-02 black 21110-300-55 221
MICROPHONE STANDS · BOOM ARMS BOOM ARM BOOM ARM BOOM ARM 21140 Weight Material Boom arm Boom arm length Clamping 0.58 kg steel 2-piece telescopic design from 425 to 725 mm wing nut Threaded connector 3/8 211 Weight Material 0.7 kg steel Boom arm Boom arm length Clamping one-piece design 800 mm T-bar locking screw Threaded connector 3/8 Order No. black 21140-300-55 Order No. black 21100-300-55 25530 Weight Material Boom arm Boom arm length Clamping 1.7 kg steel 2-piece telescopic design from 870 to 1,550 mm T-bar locking screw Threaded connector 3/8 Special adjustable heavy coun- terweight included Order No. black 25530-319-55 222
BOOM ARM 21231 Weight Material Boom arm Boom arm length Clamping Threaded connector 3/8 5.3 kg steel 2-piece telescopic design from 1,070 to 1,870 mm T-bar locking screw MICROPHONE STANDS · BOOM ARMS 0.82 kg steel BOOM ARM XL 21150 Weight Material Boom arm 2-piece telescopic design from 420 to 730 mm T-bar locking screw Boom arm length Clamping Threaded connector 3/8 Special exclusive swivel joint 20811, 21411 connecting thread 1/2; adjustable heavy counterweight included Order No. black 21150-300-55 Fits Special Order No. black 21231-400-55 Accessories Carrying case 21422 Thread adapter 21900 Page 304 251 223
MICROPHONE STANDS · TABLE STANDS / TABLE BASES TABLE MICROPHONE STAND TABLE MICROPHONE STAND TABLE MICROPHONE STAND 231/1 Weight Material Height Leg construction 0.08 kg plastic base, steel legs 60 mm foldable legs Threaded connector 3/8 Order No. black 23110-316-55 23266 Weight Material Height Leg construction 0.33 kg steel 60 mm very small round base Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 64 mm compact base; anti-vibration felt insert for noise filtration 23220 Weight Material Height Leg construction 1.05 kg steel 45 mm heavy round cast-iron base Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 130 mm anti-vibration rubber insert for noise filtration Order No. gray 23266-300-74 Order No. black 23220-300-55 224
MICROPHONE STANDS · TABLE STANDS / TABLE BASES TABLE MICROPHONE STAND TABLE MICROPHONE STAND TABLE MICROPHONE STAND 232 Weight Material Height Leg construction 1.4 kg steel 170 mm heavy round cast-iron base Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 130 mm anti-vibration rubber in- sert for noise filtration; screw in threaded bolt 23230 Weight Material Height Leg construction 0.75 kg steel 152 mm steel triobular base Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special 137 mm attractive trilobular base; anti-vibration circular rubber insert ring Order No. black 23200-300-55 Order No. black 23230-300-55 Base with an attractive triangle form 23240 Weight Material 0.32 kg steel 76.5 mm 90 x 115 mm Height Base dimensions Threaded connector 3/8 Special space saving flat foot construction Order No. structured black 23240-300-56 225
MICROPHONE STANDS · TABLE STANDS / TABLE BASES DESIGN TABLE MICROPHONE STAND TABLE- /FLOOR MICROPHONE STAND TABLETOP MICROPHONE STAND 23250 Weight Material 0.7 kg steel 142 mm 125 x 130 mm Height Base dimensions Threaded connector 3/8 stable and sturdy; special design; surface area for company logo etc.; space saving flat foot construction Special Order No. black 23250-300-55 Perfect for labelling or your logo 25995 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Boom arm length Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm Boom arm clamping wing nut Special clutch 1.4 kg steel from 285 to 400 mm 200 x 200 mm 310 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design one-piece design space saving flat foot construction Order No. black 25995-300-55 23150 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment 0.41 kg steel 230 mm from 230 to 430 mm square tube legs snap into socket 2-piece folding design infinitely variable by means of ergonomi- cally shaped clamping elements Threaded connector 1/4 or 3/8 Base diameter Special 250 mm easy-to-use clamping levers Order No. black 1/4“ 23150-100-55 black 3/8“ 23150-300-55 Space saving construction Folds compactly Space saving construction 226
MICROPHONE STANDS · TABLE STANDS / TABLE BASES MICROPHONE STAND MICROPHONE STAND TABLE- /FLOOR MICROPHONE STAND 23320 Weight Material Height Leg construction 2.6 kg steel from 235 to 365 mm flat round cast-iron base 23323 Weight Material Height Leg construction 2.55 kg steel from 350 to 570 mm flat round cast-iron base 23325 Weight Material Height Leg construction 2.4 kg steel from 230 to 360 mm heavy round cast-iron base 2-piece folding design 2-piece folding design Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special clutch 2-piece folding design 250 mm anti-vibration rubber insert for noise filtration Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special clutch 250 mm anti-vibration rubber insert for noise filtration Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special clutch 180 mm anti-vibration rubber insert for noise filtration Order No. black 23320-300-55 Order No. black 23323-300-55 Order No. black 23325-300-55 227
MICROPHONE STANDS · TABLE STANDS / TABLE BASES TABLE- /FLOOR MICROPHONE STAND TABLE- /FLOOR MICROPHONE STAND MICROPHONE TABLE BASE 234 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment 2.1 kg steel from 400 to 640 mm 170 x 135 mm rectangular cast-iron base 2-piece folding design non-scratching locking screw Threaded connector 3/8 Special anti-vibration felt insert for noise filtration; tilt angle adjustment Order No. black 23400-300-55 29375 Weight Material Height Control element Female connector for microphone Pilot light Plug connection mixer Base diameter Special Order No. black 29375-000-55 0.48 kg zinc die-cast base 35 mm switch 3-pin XLR jack voltage and mic on/off 3-pin XLR connector 130 mm crackle-free switching; wired 233 Weight Material Height Leg construction 2.6 kg steel from 355 to 580 mm heavy round cast-iron base 2-piece folding design Rod combination Height adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 Base diameter Special clutch 180 mm anti-vibration rubber insert for noise filtration Order No. black 23300-300-55 Accessories Knurled washer 26004 Page 256 228
MICROPHONE STANDS · TABLE STANDS / TABLE BASES MICROPHONE TABLE BASE MICROPHONE TABLE BASE MICROPHONE TABLE BASE 0.47 kg zinc die-cast base 35 mm 3-pin XLR jack 3-pin XLR connector 130 mm wired 29376 Weight Material Height Female connector for microphone Plug connection mixer Base diameter Special Order No. black 29376-000-55 29377 Weight Material Height Control element Female connector for microphone Pilot light Plug connection mixer Base diameter Special Order No. black 29377-000-55 0.48 kg zinc die-cast base 35 mm push-button (push- to-talk) 3-pin XLR jack voltage and mic on/off 3-pin XLR connector 130 mm crackle-free switching; wired 29390 Weight Material Dimensions Female connector for microphone Plug connection mixer Special Order No. black 29390-000-55 2.44 kg zinc die-cast base 160 x 150 x 51 mm 3-pin XLR jack 3-pin XLR connector wired 229
MICROPHONE STANDS · GOOSENECKS GOOSENECK 22260 Weight Material Length Diameter Male thread Female thread Order No. black 22260-300-55 0.13 kg steel 150 mm 15 mm 3/8 3/8 NEW GOOSENECK NEW GOOSENECK NEW 0.22 kg steel 300 mm 15 mm 3/8 3/8 22270 Weight Material Length Diameter Male thread Female thread Order No. black 22270-300-55 0.35 kg steel 450 mm 15 mm 3/8 3/8 22280 Weight Material Length Diameter Male thread Female thread Order No. black 22280-300-55 NEW 0.49 kg steel 600 mm 15 mm 3/8 3/8 GOOSENECK 22290 Weight Material Length Diameter Male thread Female thread Order No. black 22290-300-55 230
MICROPHONE STANDS · GOOSENECKS GOOSENECK GOOSENECK 23035 Weight Material Length Diameter Plug connection 0.3 kg steel 350 mm 15 mm 3-pin XLR jack NC3FX, XLR-TYPE and 3-pin plug NC3MX, XLR- TYPE Special wired Order No. black 23035-000-55 23045 Weight Material Length Diameter Female thread Plug connection Special Order No. black 23045-000-55 0.28 kg steel 350 mm 15 mm 3/8 3-pin XLR jack NC3FX, XLR-TYPE lateral cable entry terminating 231
MICROPHONE STANDS · MICROPHONE FISHING POLES MICROPHONE »FISHING POLE« MICROPHONE »FISHING POLE« MICROPHONE »FISHING POLE« 23770 Weight Material Length 0.8 kg glass fibre from 1,200 to 4,600 mm 5-piece folding design large locking rings Rod combination Adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Max. load capacity Special 1 kg rubberized anti-slip grip section; microphone cable can be routed through the tubing; carrying case included Order No. black 23770-000-55 23755 Weight Material 0.75 kg aluminum from 635 to 1,520 mm 3-piece folding design clamping lever Length Rod combination Adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 1 kg cables can be placed inside; carrying case included Max. load capacity Special 23765 Weight Material Length 0.9 kg aluminum from 1,000 to 3,220 mm 4-piece folding design clamping lever Rod combination Adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 1 kg cables can be placed inside; carrying case included Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 23755-300-55 Order No. black 23765-300-55 Cables can be placed inside 232
MICROPHONE STANDS · MICROPHONE FISHING POLES MICROPHONE »FISHING POLE« M MICROPHONE »FISHING POLE« L 23781 Weight Material 0.39 kg carbon from 600 to 1,675 mm 4-piece folding design clamping lever Length Rod combination Adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 1 kg cables can be placed inside; carrying case included Max. load capacity Special 23782 Weight Material 0.64 kg carbon from 880 to 2,790 mm 4-piece folding design clamping lever Length Rod combination Adjustment Threaded connector 3/8 1 kg cables can be placed inside; carrying case included Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 23781-300-55 Order No. black 23782-300-55 Cables can be placed inside the pole Carbon microphone fishing pole with high stiffness; Length: 600 to 1,675 mm Carbon micro- phone fishing pole with high stiffness; Length: 880 to 2,790 mm Innovative locking system 233
MICROPHONE »FISHING POLE« XL 0.98 kg carbon from 1,130 to 3,780 mm 4-piece folding design clamping lever 3/8 1 kg cables can be placed inside; carrying case included 23783 Weight Material Length Rod combination Adjustment Threaded connector Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 23783-300-55 Professional microphone fishing pole made of high-quality carbon, featuring high stability and rigidity with low weight. The three clamps with the innovative locking system are easy to use and provide highly functional locking force. The length can be continuously adjusted from 1,130 to 3,780 mm. An internal cable feed- through is possible. The padded bag with carrying loop is included in the delivery. MICROPHONE STANDS · MICROPHONE FISHING POLES Cables can be placed inside the pole Innovative locking system Carbon microphone fishing pole with high stiffness; Length: 1,130 to 3,780 mm 234
POPKILLER 23956 Weight Material Screw-on to Shield diameter Gooseneck diameter Gooseneck length Special Order No. black 23956-000-55 0.22 kg steel tube diameter 30 mm 130 mm 8 mm 330 mm double nylon screen with plastic frame 235
POPKILLER 23966 Weight Material Screw-on to Shield diameter Gooseneck diameter Gooseneck length Special Order No. black 23966-000-55 0.32 kg steel tube diameter 30 mm 200 mm 8 mm 330 mm double nylon screen with plastic frame; large shield diameter This high-quality popkiller is an essential piece of equipment for every professional recording studio. The large nylon screen is a perfect filter for troublesome buzzing and popping sounds. In addition it is better protection than a metal screen against moisture. The stable gooseneck can be mounted on all standard microphone stands and is suitable for many types of performance. MICROPHONE STANDS · POPKILLER 236
MICROPHONE STANDS · MICROPHONE DESK ARMS MICROPHONE DESK ARM MICROPHONE DESK ARM MICROPHONE DESK ARM 23840 Weight Material Length Connection Clamping range 1.38 kg steel from 460 to 960 mm without cable 10 to 51 mm / ø 15 to ø 51 mm 23850 Weight Material Length Connection Clamping range 1.8 kg steel from 460 to 960 mm 3-pin XLR cable 5 m 10 to 51 mm / ø 15 to ø 51 mm 23860 Weight Material Length Connection Clamping range 1.23 kg aluminum, steel from 460 to 960 mm 3-pin XLR cable 6 m 10 to 51 mm / ø 15 to ø 51 mm Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Max. load capacity Special 1 kg four cable clips are included Order No. black 23840-300-55 Accessories Table flange 23855 Wall mount for microphone desk arms 23856 Page 240 240 Max. load capacity 1 kg Max. load capacity 2 kg Order No. black 23850-321-55 Order No. black 23860-321-55 Accessories Table flange 23855 Wall mount for microphone desk arms 23856 Page 240 240 Accessories Table flange 23855 Wall mount for microphone desk arms 23856 Page 240 240 237
MICROPHONE DESK ARM 23865 Weight Material Length Clamping range 1.2 kg aluminum, steel from 460 to 960 mm 10 to 51 mm / ø 15 to ø 51 mm Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Max. load capacity Special 2 kg four cable clips are included Order No. black 23865-300-55 Accessories Table flange 23855 Wall mount for microphone desk arms 23856 Page 240 240 238
MICROPHONE STANDS · MICROPHONE DESK ARMS MICROPHONE DESK ARM NEW 1.3 kg plastic, steel from 430 to 805 mm 3 to 50 mm 3/8 and 5/8 diameter 50 mm 1 kg integrated cable routing possible; table flange included in delivery 23868 Weight Material Length Clamping range Threaded connector Flange Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 23868-000-55 The stylish and slim microphone arm has a threaded connection in 3/8“ or 5/8” and is equipped with an innovative table clamp that enables fast and flexible positioning of microphones in studios or multimedia work environments. Thanks to the integrated cable management, the cables are stowed in the cable channel to save space and remain invisi- ble. Microphones weighing up to 1 kg are held easily in any desired position. The clamp, which covers a clamping range of 3 to 50 mm, offers a wide range of mounting options. The scope of delivery also includes a table flange that enables stationary mounting. 239 Table flange included in delivery
MICROPHONE STANDS · MICROPHONE DESK ARMS WALL MOUNT FOR MICROPHONE DESK ARMS 0.23 kg steel 61 mm diameter 5.2 mm (3 x) screw-on type 73 mm 23840, 23850, 23860, 23865 23856 Weight Material Dimensions Swivel Fits Order No. black 23856-000-55 0.28 kg steel 100 x 100 x 62 mm 180° 23840, 23850, 23860, 23865 TABLE FLANGE 23855 Weight Material Height Bore holes Function Base diameter Fits Order No. black 23855-000-55 Wall mount for microphone desk arms 23840, 23850, 23860 and 23865 240
MICROPHONE STANDS · MICROPHONE HOLDERS MICROPHONE HOLDER FOR DRUMS MICROPHONE HOLDER FOR DRUMS 24030 Weight Material Height 0.14 kg steel 60 mm 24035 Weight Material Length 0.12 kg steel 115 mm Threaded connector 3/8 Threaded connector 3/8 TABLE CLAMP 237 Weight Material Clamping range Threaded connector 3/8 0.18 kg steel up to 42 mm noise and shock ab- sorbing rubber inserts; no parts to lose Special Special Order No. black 24030-300-55 noise and shock ab- sorbing rubber inserts; no parts to lose; „RIMS“ suitable; microphone can be slided up to 70 mm on the mounting rail Order No. black 23700-300-55 Order No. black 24035-300-55 241
MICROPHONE STANDS · MICROPHONE HOLDERS TABLE CLAMP UNIVERSAL CLAMP THREADED BOLT 0.02 kg steel 1/4, 3/8 or 5/8 23720, 23723 to ugrade table clamp 23720 for additional applications Order No. black passivated 1/4“ x 31,5 mm 23721-100-25 black passivated 3/8“ x 32,5 mm 23721-300-25 black passivated 5/8“ x 34,5 mm 23721-500-25 23720 Weight Material Clamping range Threaded connector 3/8 0.23 kg steel up to 48 mm includes threaded bolt and universal spanner; maximum 4 threaded bolts for 4 different di- rections can be applied Special Order No. black 3/8“ 23720-300-55 23723 Weight Material Clamping range 0.26 kg steel 10 to 51 mm / ø 15 to ø 51 mm Threaded connector 3/8 23721 Weight Material Male thread Fits Special includes threaded bolt and universal spanner; maximum 4 threaded bolts for 4 different di- rections can be applied Special Order No. black 3/8“ 23723-300-55 Accessories Threaded bolt 23721 Page 242 Accessories Threaded bolt 23721 Page 242 Specially shaped clamping parts allow the clamp to be used on smooth surfaces and round-shaped tubes 242
MICROPHONE STANDS · MICROPHONE HOLDERS UNIVERSAL CLAMP NEW UNIVERSAL CLAMPING HOLDER 23690 Weight Material Clamping range Threaded connector 3/8 0.15 kg plastic diameter 10 to 30 mm Order No. black 23690-300-55 19715 Weight Material 0.34 kg steel Threaded connector 3/8 Length Screw-on to Max. load capacity Special 232 mm tube diameter 30 mm 3 kg to be attached to tubes up to 30 mm diameter; connects other accessories, such as boom arm, gooseneck, iPad holder, Tablet PC holder etc.; with 3/8 threaded connector Order No. black 19715-300-55 243
MICROPHONE STANDS · MICROPHONE HOLDERS MICROPHONE ARM MICROPHONE HOLDER TABLE MICROPHONE CLAMP 240/1 Weight Material 0.94 kg steel 340 mm 605 mm 15 to 30 mm locking screws Height Boom arm length Clamping range Clamping Threaded connector 3/8 Boom arm Boom arm clamping T-bar locking screw one-piece design 240/5 Weight Material Length Clamping range Adjustment Height adjustment 0.45 kg steel 308 mm up to 48 mm continuous non-scratching locking screw Threaded connector 3/8 Special movable support arm; adjustable to any angle 258 Weight Material Height Rod combination Clamping range Clamping Threaded connector 3/8 360° Swivel 0.8 kg steel from 640 to 1,100 mm 2-piece folding design 10 to 51 mm / ø 15 to ø 51 mm locking knob Order No. black 24010-314-55 Order No. black 24050-320-55 Order No. black 25800-321-55 244
MICROPHONE STANDS · WALL/ CEILING MOUNTS UNIVERSAL WALL MOUNT CEILING MOUNT CEILING MOUNT 24350 Weight Material Angle of inclination 0.48 kg steel 0° to 90° Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Ceiling mounting plate diameter Adjustment 70 mm swivel ball joint assembly attaches to walls and ceilings 205 mm 360° 2 kg Mounting Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Order No. black 24350-000-55 Universal wall mount with 3/8“ and 5/8“ mounting bolt for microphones and antennas 22150 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Mounting 1.1 kg steel from 610 to 1,120 mm 2-piece folding design clutch attaches to ceilings 22160 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Mounting 1.3 kg steel from 860 to 1,560 mm 2-piece folding design clutch attaches to ceilings Threaded connector 3/8 Threaded connector 3/8 Order No. black 22150-300-55 Order No. black 22160-300-55 245
MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES MICROPHONE BAR MICROPHONE BAR MICROPHONE BAR 236 Weight Material Length 0.4 kg steel 365 mm Threaded connector 3/8 Number of knurled screws 4 no parts to lose; connects to top of mic stands with 3/8 thread 23510 Weight Material Length 0.2 kg steel 217 mm Threaded connector 3/8 Number of knurled screws Special Order No. black 23510-300-55 23550 Weight Material Length 0.13 kg steel 200 mm Threaded connector 3/8 2 moveable bars on both sides to position the microphone; no parts to lose; connects to top of mic stands with 3/8 thread Spacing of holes Number of knurled screws Special Order No. black 23550-300-55 from 60 to 172 mm 2 Special no parts to lose; connects to top of mic stands with 3/8 thread Order No. black 23600-300-55 MICROPHONE BAR MICROPHONE HOLDER MICROPHONE HOLDER 23560 Weight Material Length 0.62 kg steel 850 mm Threaded connector 3/8 Number of knurled screws 6 Special connects to top of mic stands with 3/8 thread Order No. black 23560-300-55 238 Weight Material Length Screw-on to 0.14 kg steel 155 mm tube diameter 30 mm 23830 Weight Material Length Screw-on to 0.16 kg steel 165 mm tube diameter 30 mm Threaded connector 3/8 Threaded connector 3/8 Special no parts to lose Special no parts to lose Order No. black 23800-300-55 Order No. black 23830-300-55 246
MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES CARRYING CASE CARRYING CASE CARRYING CASE 21315 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Special 2.38 kg nylon 1,100 x 180 x 220 mm handle and shoulder straps zip fastener for 6 microphone stands; separate internal compartments prevent scratching and da- mage of the stands 21421 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 21315-000-00 Order No. 21421-000-00 0.34 kg nylon 1,000 x 130 x 130 mm handle zip fastener 210/2, 210/6, 210/8, 210/9, 21060, 21070, 21080, 21333, 21334, 27105, 27195 to store and trans- port two microphone stands; two inside compart- ments 26019 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 26019-000-00 0.18 kg nylon 1,100 x 320 x 60 mm handle and shoulder straps zip fastener 260, 260/1, 26010, 26045, 26075, 26085, 26125, 26200, 26250 3 internal compart- ments and fixed Velcro strips provide maxi- mum protection 247
MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES CARRYING CASE »SELECT« 4.8 kg 1680D nylon fabric 1,110 x 350 x 370 mm handle zip fastener for 6 microphone stands; separate internal compartments prevent scratching and damage of the stands; castors included 21427 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Special Order No. 21427-000-00 Professional carrying case for 6 microphone stands. Includes castors for easy and comfort- able transport. Case made of extremely durable 1680D nylon fabric. All seams hand-stitched in high quality. Padded carrying handles and a durable zipper are further quality features. Professional carrying case for 6 microphone stands. Includes castors for comfortable transport. 248
MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES SHEET MUSIC AND DOCUMENT HOLDER SHEET MUSIC AND DOCUMENT HOLDER SHEET MUSIC AND DOCUMENT HOLDER 1.1 kg clamping element alu- minum with protective plastic inserts, foldable steel desk 485 x 240 x 42 mm tube diameter 30 mm large foldable music desk; adjustable in angle and depth 11510 Weight Material Music desk dimensions Clamping range Special Order No. black 11510-000-55 1.0 kg steel 300 x 200 x 30 mm up to 48 mm adjustable in angle and depth; high-quality, flexible clamp 115/2 Weight Material Music desk dimensions Screw-on to Special Order No. black 11520-000-55 0.93 kg steel 300 x 210 x 30 mm tube diameter 30 mm adjustable in angle and depth 11505 Weight Material Music desk dimensions Screw-on to Special Order No. black 11505-000-55 Adjustable in angle and depth For tube diameter up to 30 mm NEW 0.7 kg steel 330 x 68 mm MUSIC DESK 19711 Weight Material Size when folded Music desk dimen- sions Music desk Threaded connector 3/8 485 x 240 x 42 mm traditionally foldable Order No. black 19711-300-55 249
MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES THREAD ADAPTER THREAD ADAPTER THREAD ADAPTER 215 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Order No. zinc-plated 21500-000-29 0.01 kg steel 5/8 27 gauge 1/2 and 3/8 216 Weight Material 0.02 kg steel Male thread Female thread Special 3/8 5/8 27 gauge with knurled surface Order No. zinc-plated 21600-000-29 0.01 kg steel 5/8 27 gauge 3/8 217 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Order No. zinc-plated 21700-000-29 THREAD ADAPTER THREAD ADAPTER THREAD ADAPTER 0.01 kg steel 3/8 1/4 21770 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Order No. zinc-plated 21770-000-29 0.03 kg steel 3/8 1/2 with knurled surface 218 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Special Order No. zinc-plated 21800-000-29 219 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Special Order No. zinc-plated 21900-000-29 0.04 kg steel 1/2 3/8 with knurled surface 250
MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES THREAD ADAPTER THREAD ADAPTER THREAD ADAPTER 21900 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Fits Special Order No. zinc-plated 21900-208-29 0.03 kg steel 1/2 3/8 21231 goes into the threaded hole of the K&M 21231 21918 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Special Order No. zinc-plated 21918-000-29 0.03 kg steel M8 x 12 mm 3/8 with knurled surface 0.03 kg steel 1/4 x 10 mm 3/8 with knurled surface 21920 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Special Order No. zinc-plated 21920-000-29 THREAD ADAPTER THREAD ADAPTER THREAD ADAPTER 0.02 kg steel M10 x 15 mm and 1/4 x 10 mm 21922 Weight Material Male thread Order No. black zinc-plated 21922-000-25 21927 Weight Material Male thread Order No. zinc-plated 21927-000-29 0.04 kg steel M20 x 1.25 mm and 3/8 0.04 kg steel M10 x 12 mm 3/8 with a width across flats of 17 21980 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Special Order No. zinc-plated 21980-000-29 251
MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES THREAD ADAPTER THREAD ADAPTER THREAD ADAPTER 0.01 kg plastic 5/8 27 gauge 3/8 85040 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Order No. black 85040-000-55 0.01 kg plastic 5/8 27 gauge 3/8 85045 Weight Material Male thread Female thread Order No. black 85045-217-55 0.09 kg steel 25 x 50 mm M20 M20 x 1.25 mm 26700, 26707, 26711, 26712, 26713, 26715, 26716 21950 Weight Material Dimensions dia- meter Male thread Female thread Fits Order No. black passivated 21950-000-25 ADAPTER FOR »ELVIS MICROPHONES« NEW 0.04 kg aluminum 22 x 75 mm 5/8 5/8 with thread adapter 3/8 25680, 26075, 26085, 26200, 26250 20003 Weight Material Dimensions dia- meter Male thread Female thread Fits Order No. structured black 20003-000-56 252
MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES UNIVERSAL JOINT MICROPHONE CLIP MICROPHONE CLIP 19695 Weight Material Dimensions dia- meter Male thread Female thread 0.13 kg steel 29 x 60 mm 1/4 or 3/8 3/8 with thread adapter 1/4 Order No. black 1/4“ male thread 19695-100-55 black 3/8“ male thread 19695-300-55 85035 Weight Material 0.03 kg plastic 85050 Weight Material 0.03 kg plastic Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Microphone clip diameter Special diameter 17-22 mm elastic mic support Microphone clip diameter Special diameter 22-28 mm elastic mic support Order No. black, 3/8“ and 5/8“ 85035-000-55 black, 5/8“ 85035-500-55 Order No. black, 3/8“ and 5/8“ 85050-000-55 black, 5/8“ 85050-500-55 MICROPHONE CLIP MICROPHONE CLIP MICROPHONE CLIP 85055 Weight Material 0.04 kg plastic 85060 Weight Material 0.06 kg plastic 85070 Weight Material 0.04 kg plastic Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Microphone clip diameter Special diameter 28-34 mm elastic mic support Microphone clip diameter Special diameter 34-40 mm elastic mic support Microphone clip diameter Special diameter 34-40 mm elastic mic support Order No. black, 3/8“ and 5/8“ 85055-000-55 black, 5/8“ 85055-500-55 Order No. black, 3/8“ and 5/8“ 85060-000-55 black, 5/8“ 85060-500-55 Order No. black, 3/8“ and 5/8“ 85070-000-55 black, 5/8“ 85070-500-55 253
MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES TABLE FLANGE TABLE FLANGE TABLE FLANGE 221 a Weight Material Height Diameter Bore holes 0.24 kg steel 150 mm 73 mm diameter 5.2 mm (3 x) 221 c Weight Material Height Diameter Bore holes 0.16 kg steel 39 mm 73 mm diameter 5.2 mm (3 x) 221 d Weight Material Height Diameter Bore holes 0.12 kg steel 13 mm 73 mm diameter 5.2 mm (3 x) Threaded connector 3/8 Threaded connector 3/8 Threaded connector 3/8 Function Special screw-on type threaded bolt with cable entry hole Function Special Order No. black 22110-300-55 screw-on type 2 threads, for vertical and horizontal connection; threaded bolt with cable entry hole Function Special screw-on type threaded bolt with cable entry hole Order No. black 22140-300-55 Order No. black 22130-300-55 0.8 kg steel 60 mm 50 mm one-piece K&M boom arms with 3/8 thread or tube diameter 15 mm used for heavy microphones EXTENSION 20001 Weight Material Length Diameter Tube end(s) Order No. black 20001-300-55 COUNTER WEIGHT 21105 Weight Material Height Diameter Suitable for Special Order No. black 21105-000-55 EXTENSION ROD FOR MICRO- PHONE STANDS 0.25 kg steel 130 mm 18 mm 3/8 female thread, 3/8 male thread 20002 Weight Material Length Diameter Tube end(s) Order No. black 20002-300-55 0.12 kg steel 260 mm 15 mm 3/8 female thread, 3/8 male thread Only screw on a microphone stand and get a taller rod combination 254
EXTENSION ROD FOR MICROPHONE STANDS EXTENSION ROD FOR MICROPHONE STANDS 20004 Weight Material Length Diameter Tube end(s) Order No. black 20004-300-55 0.19 kg steel 500 mm 15 mm 3/8 female thread, 3/8 male thread 20005 Weight Material Length Diameter Tube end(s) Order No. black 20005-300-55 0.34 kg steel 950 mm 15 mm 3/8 female thread, 3/8 male thread MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES STAND ADAPTER 19400 Weight Material Dimensions Angle of inclination Mounting 0.4 kg steel 100 x 79 x 79 mm -45° to 45° screw-on type Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 Spacing of holes Max. load capacity Special 60 mm 5 kg to mount a mixer or monitor speaker on a microphone stand Order No. black 19400-000-55 Only screw on a microphone stand and get a taller rod combination 255
MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES MONITOR PLATE S BASE PLATE KNURLED WASHER 26748 Weight Material Bearing plate Mounting 0.3 kg aluminum 170 x 150 mm screw-on type Fits Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 18807, 18817 4 rubber pads included Special Order No. black 26748-021-55 4.4 kg grey cast iron 40 mm 300 mm Height Diameter Threaded connector M20 x 1.25 mm Fits 26007 full circle anti-vibration rubber damping ring for noise filtration 26009 Weight Material Special Order No. structured black 26009-000-56 0.01 kg aluminum 30 mm M20 x 1.25 mm thread 233, 260, 260/1, 26045, 26050, 26075, 26085 to secure rod combination in the round base 26004 Weight Material Diameter Suitable for Fits Special Order No. 26004-000-00 PICK HOLDER THREADED BOLT 14510 Weight Material Length Special Order No. black 14510-000-55 0.06 kg plastic 147.5 mm includes 4 picks of 0.81 mm thickness 23903 Weight Material Male thread Fits Special 0.05 kg steel 1/4 or 3/8 23900 Double pack Order No. zinc-plated 1/4“ (unit: 2 pcs.) 23903-100-29 zinc-plated 3/8“ (unit: 2 pcs.) 23903-300-29 The pick holder has 2 sections. To store even more picks, more units can be linked. 256
MICROPHONE STANDS · ACCESSORIES QUICK-RELEASE ADAPTER FOR MICROPHONES 23900 Weight Material Dimensions diameter Male thread Female thread Special 0.1 kg aluminum 27 x 56 mm 3/8 5/8 with thread adapter 3/8 second threaded bolt included Order No. black 23900-300-55 The extremely practical Quick-Release adapter facilitates the quick and easy change of micro- phones or other accessories on stage or in the studio. Simple handling: by pressing the grey button, the threaded bolt is unlocked and can already be removed. Thanks to the anti-twist hexagonal connection, the adapter is also ideally suited for use on microphone fishing poles. Included in the delivery are two threaded bolts. The body of the adapter is made of high- quality aluminum, which makes it very light- weight yet robust. The support for the threaded bolt is made of impact-resistant and low noise plastic. Accessories Threaded bolt 23903 Page 256 257
Stands for speakers, lights and monitors König & Meyer speaker, lighting and monitor stands set standards in their class. Reliability and stability are particularly important in this area. The safety of the performers and the audience is of utmost importance. We guarantee the utmost care at every stage of production and development – from the intensive search for suitable materials selected from a range of high-quality plastics to the design of heavy- duty connecting elements. Our new wind-up stand series exemplifies the reliability of König & Meyer speaker and lighting stands – always combined with the highest level of practical functionality. * Under centric load, on a horizontal surface and without lateral forces (wind, shocks, etc.) 259
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS SPEAKER/MONITOR STAND SPEAKER STAND SPEAKER STAND PACKAGE 21420 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction BASELINE 1.32 kg aluminum 1,060 mm from 1,265 to 2,105 mm tube legs with cross braces 21450 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction BASELINE 2.35 kg aluminum 1,060 mm from 1,270 to 1,930 mm tube legs with cross braces 21459 Weight Size when folded Height Leg construction BASELINE 5.88 kg 1,060 mm from 1,270 to 1,930 mm tube legs with cross braces Rod combination 2-piece folding design Rod combination 2-piece folding design Rod combination 2-piece folding design Height adjustment Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs clamping element with locking screw diameter 25 mm 1,200 mm 12 kg 3 Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special lightweight stand Special Order No. black 21420-000-55 Accessories Flange adapter 19665 Carrying case 21422 Page 296 304 Order No. anodized aluminum 21450-000-30 black 21450-000-55 clamping lever and safety pin diameter 35 mm 1,150 mm 40 kg 3 easy-to-use clamping levers; adapter sleeve 21326 included Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special Order No. black 21459-000-55 clamping lever and safety pin diameter 35 mm 1,150 mm 40 kg 3 2 x K&M Speaker Stand 21450 in a Carrying Case Accessories Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Pro« 21312 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Page 302 304 303 Tube diameter: 25 mm 260
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS SPEAKER STAND PACKAGE SPEAKER STAND 21449 Weight Material Height Leg construction BASELINE 5.88 kg aluminum from 1,270 to 1,930 mm tube legs with cross braces Rod combination 2-piece folding design Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special locking screw with push-button system diameter 35 mm 40 kg 3 2 x K&M speaker stand in a carrying case; easy-to-use clamping lever; patented gradual height adjustment system; adapter sleeve 21326 included Order No. black 21449-000-55 Push-button system With carrying case 21471 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction TOPLINE 3.5 kg aluminum 1,122 mm from 1,357 to 2,065 mm tube legs with cross braces Rod combination 2-piece folding design Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special locking screw with push-button system diameter 35 mm 1,238 mm 50 kg 3 patented gradual height adjustment system; integrated shock absorber; mounting aid included Order No. black 21471-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Pro« 21312 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Leveling leg for speaker stand 21445 Page 302 304 303 300 Mounting aid Push-button height adjustment system Load-bearing capacity: 50 kg 261
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS Mounting aid XL: Extra large but lightweight aluminum speaker stand Load-bearing capacity: 50 kg SPEAKER STAND XL 21472 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special TOPLINE 4.1 kg aluminum 1,302 mm from 1,580 to 2,474 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design locking screw with push-button system diameter 35 mm 1,558 mm 50 kg 3 patented gradual height adjustment system; integrated shock absorber; mounting aid included Push-button height adjustment system Order No. black 21472-000-55 The XL version among the speaker stands. Sturdy and stable and completely made of aluminum tubes. In comparison to a normal speaker stand the root circle is much larger and amounts to remarkable 1,558 mm. The max. height reaches 2,474 mm and thus offers versa- tile application possibilities. The clamp equipped with the push-button system enables a user- friendly height adjustment of the stand. Further special features are the pull-out guard for the extension tube, the integrated shock absorber and a mounting aid for the speaker cabinets. Accessories Carrying case 21319 Leveling leg for speaker stand 21445 Page 304 300 262
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS SPEAKER STAND SPEAKER STAND SPEAKER STAND 21435 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction TOPLINE 5.91 kg steel 1,150 mm from 1,440 to 2,230 mm tube legs with cross braces 21436 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction TOPLINE 3.5 kg aluminum 1,150 mm from 1,440 to 2,230 mm tube legs with cross braces Rod combination 2-piece folding design Rod combination 2-piece folding design Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special locking screw with push-button system diameter 35 mm 1,150 mm 50 kg 3 patented gradual height adjustment system; integrated shock absorber; mounting aid included Order No. black 21435-009-55 Accessories Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Pro« 21312 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Leveling leg for speaker stand 21445 Page 302 304 303 300 Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special locking screw with push-button system diameter 35 mm 1,150 mm 40 kg 3 lightweight stand; patented gradual height adjustment system; integrated shock absorber; steel extension tube; mounting aid included Order No. black 21436-009-55 Accessories Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Pro« 21312 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Leveling leg for speaker stand 21445 Page 302 304 303 300 Mounting aid Mounting aid Load-bearing capacity: 50 kg Load-bearing capacity: 40 kg Push-button height adjust- ment system Push-button height adjust- ment system 21454 Weight Material Height Leg construction TOPLINE 1.8 kg aluminum from 990 to 1,430 mm tube legs with cross braces Rod combination 2-piece folding design Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special locking screw with push-button system diameter 35 mm 730 mm 30 kg 3 lightweight stand; for low to medium height applications Order No. black 21454-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 18846 Page 181 Extra low design 990 to 1,430 mm Push-button height adjustment system p05e.k-m.de product video 263
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS Load-bearing capacity: 50 kg Heavy-duty aluminum stand Mounting aid Height adjustment with spring-loaded bolt and locking screw 264 TOPLINE 4.3 kg aluminum 1,170 mm from 1,375 to 2,185 mm tube legs with double cross braces 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw diameter 35 mm 1,320 mm 50 kg 3 lightweight stand; steel extension tube; integrated shock absorber; gradual height ad- justment system; zinc die-cast connecting parts; mounting aid included SPEAKER STAND 214/6 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special Order No. black 21460-009-55 pure white 21460-009-76 Worldwide accepted: the speaker stand 214/6 – robust and sturdy. All clamps are high quality zinc die-cast. The leg construction and large fixed foot end caps enhance safety and stability. Other features are the pull-out guard for the ex- tension tube, the integral anti-shock component and comfortable height adjustment with spring- loaded bolt and locking screw. Comes with a mounting aid on the extension rod. Accessories Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Pro« 21312 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Leveling leg for speaker stand 21445 Page 302 304 303 300
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS SPEAKER STAND SPEAKER STAND SPEAKER STAND 26750 Weight Material Height Leg construction TOPLINE 8.34 kg steel from 930 to 1,430 mm round cast-iron base Rod combination 2-piece folding design Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Special locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm 450 mm 35 kg mounting aid included; speaker will be fixed with flange adapter 26731 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity* Special TOPLINE 10.1 kg steel from 1,110 to 1,810 mm 406 x 406 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm 18 kg mounting aid included; integrated shock absorber; gradual height adjustment system Order No. black 26750-022-55 Accessories Page Carrying case 21422 304 Carrier bag for round base 26751 305 Additional weight for base plates 26709 295 19500 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction TOPLINE 6.5 kg steel 1,075 x 125 x 125 mm from 1,240 to 1,940 mm collapsible square tube legs Rod combination 2-piece folding design Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special spring-loaded bolt and locking screw diameter 35 mm 950 mm 50 kg 4 particularly useful when space is restricted; folds flat; integrated shock absorber Order No. black 19500-011-55 Accessories Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Page 302 303 Folds flat Flat footprint Order No. black 26731-000-55 Accessories Page Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Carrying case for base plate S 24616 Additional weight for base plates 26709 305 305 305 295 Max. height: 1,810 mm Safety hook and clamping screw Steel plate with carrying handle and cable management 265
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS SPEAKER STAND SPEAKER STAND 26729 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity* Special TOPLINE 10.1 kg steel from 1,110 to 1,810 mm 406 x 406 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm 18 kg mounting aid included; integrated shock absorber; gradual height adjustment system; depending on the requirements, there are three ways to position the distance rod Order No. black 26729-000-55 Accessories Page Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Carrying case for base plate S 24616 Additional weight for base plates 26709 305 305 305 295 26732 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity* Special TOPLINE 13.38 kg steel from 1,110 to 1,810 mm 489 x 489 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm 35 kg mounting aid included; integrated shock absorber; gradual height adjustment system Order No. black 26732-000-55 Accessories Page Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Carrying case for base plate M 24617 Additional weight for base plates 26709 305 305 305 295 266
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS SPEAKER STAND »PRO« 26727 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity* Special STARLINE 16.45 kg steel from 1,110 to 1,810 mm 550 x 550 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw diameter 35 mm 50 kg integrated shock ab- sorber; mounting aid included; gradual height adjustment system: depending on the re- quirements, there are three ways to position the distance rod Order No. black 26727-000-55 Our strongest speaker stand with space-saving base plate. Thanks to the heavy, flat steel plate (550 x 550 mm), the stand is ideal for use where space is at a premium. There are three ways to position the pole. In addition to the centric and off-center position, the tube combination can also be mounted in the corner. A carrying handle, a cable management system and four stable feet are further useful features. The maximum centric load capacity with full extension is 50 kg. Accessories Page Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Carrying case for base plate L 24627 Additional weight for base plates 26709 305 305 305 295 267
SPEAKER STAND 26735 Weight Material Height Leg construction STARLINE 10.0 kg steel from 1,100 to 1,810 mm round cast-iron base Rod combination 2-piece folding design Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Special spring-loaded bolt and locking screw diameter 35 mm 450 mm 30 kg speaker will be fixed with flange adapter; mounting aid included Order No. black 26735-000-55 pure white 26735-000-76 Accessories Page Carrying case 21422 304 Carrier bag for round base 26751 305 Additional weight for base plates 26709 295 Mounting aid Height adjustment with spring-loaded bolt and locking screw 268
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS Heavy-duty stand Load-bearing capacity: 50 kg. Easy-to-use STARLINE 8.57 kg steel 1,170 x 126 x 162 mm from 1,385 to 2,180 mm tube legs with double cross braces 2-piece folding design hand crank with push-button system and locking screw diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars 1,320 mm 50 kg 3 push-button system and hand crank avoid uncontrolled reverse motion; locking screw provi- des additional safety; zinc die-cast connecting parts SPEAKER STAND 213 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special Order No. black 21300-009-55 A high quality steel speaker stand with zinc die-cast clamps for professional use. Infinitely variable height adjustment with a hand crank and push button system which prevents an uncontrol- led reverse motion. There is an additional locking screw for extra safety. Extension tube diameter 35 mm, suitable for speakers and lighting cross- bars with an integrated M10 thread connector. Accessories Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Pro« 21312 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Leveling leg for speaker stand 21445 Page 302 304 303 300 269
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS SPEAKER STAND SPEAKER STAND »EASY LOCK« 21302 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction STARLINE 7.65 kg steel 1,170 mm from 1,385 to 2,180 mm tube legs with cross braces 21439 Weight Material Height Leg construction STARLINE 6.0 kg steel from 1,417 to 2,117 mm tube legs with cross braces Rod combination 2-piece folding design Rod combination 2-piece folding design Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special locking screw and safety hook »Easy Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm 1,150 mm 50 kg 3 integrated shock absorber; patented expanding mandrel system »Easy Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special hand crank with push- button system and locking screw diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars 1,150 mm 40 kg 3 push-button system and hand crank avoid uncontrolled reverse motion; locking screw provides additional safety; plastic connecting parts Order No. black 21302-009-55 Accessories Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Pro« 21312 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Leveling leg for speaker stand 21445 Page 302 304 303 300 Easy-to-use Load-bearing capacity: 40 kg 270 Order No. black 21439-000-55 Accessories Leveling leg for speaker stand 21445 Page 300 Height adustment with K&M safety hook and secured by a clamping screw An expanding mandrel with quick-release fastener ensures a tight fit of the speaker
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS An expanding mandrel with quick- release fastener ensures a tight fit of the speaker Height adustment with K&M safety hook and secured by a clamping screw SPEAKER STAND »EASY LOCK« STARLINE 13.6 kg steel 489 x 489 mm from 1,130 to 1,830 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook »Easy Lock« dia- meter 35 to 37 mm 35 kg patented expanding mandrel system »Easy Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints 26733 Weight Material Base dimensions Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity* Special Order No. black 26733-000-55 Attractive speaker stand with flat steel plate, useful carrying handle and cable routing. The stand is ideally suited for use where space is at a premium. The slim design of the clamp allows space-saving transport and ensures a stylish appearance. The patented expanding mandrel with quick-release fastener ensures a tight fit of the speaker cabinet. The plastic expanding splints also ensure a vibration-free connection between the speaker and the tube. The maximum load capacity at full extension is 35 kg. Accessories Page Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Carrying case for base plate M 24617 Additional weight for base plates 26709 305 305 305 295 271
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER STANDS Easy-to-use Ring Lock system; Tight and firm fit for the speaker Load-bearing capacity: 50 kg SPEAKER STAND »RING LOCK« 21467 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction STARLINE 5.2 kg aluminum 1,160 mm from 1,370 to 2,170 mm tube legs with double cross braces Rod combination 2-piece folding design Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special spring-loaded bolt and locking screw »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm 1,320 mm 50 kg 3 further development of 214/6; lightweight stand; steel extension tube; patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connec- tion due to moveable plastic splints Order No. black 21467-000-55 The movable plastic splints provide for a vibration- free connection between the rod and the speaker. Connecting the speaker is easy and is done using the handy ring lock - which is simply placed in position and screwed on. The height is adjusted by an easy-to-use spring-loaded bolt and locking screw. Double foot struts, zinc die cast clamping brackets and large end caps provide for highest degree of stand stability. It can‘t get any better than this! Accessories Carrying case 21311 Carrying case »Pro« 21312 Carrying case »Select« 21316 Leveling leg for speaker stand 21445 Page 302 304 303 300 272
SPEAKER STAND »RING LOCK« 26737 Weight Material Height Leg construction STARLINE 10.0 kg steel from 1,125 to 1,810 mm round cast-iron base Rod combination 2-piece folding design Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Special spring-loaded bolt and locking screw »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm 450 mm 30 kg patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints Order No. black 26737-000-55 Accessories Page Carrying case 21422 304 Carrier bag for round base 26751 305 Additional weight for base plates 26709 295 Tight and firm fit for the speaker Easy-to-use Ring Lock system Height adjustment with spring-loaded locking screw and safety bolt 273
TABLE MONITOR STAND »Z-STAND« 26773 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Bearing plate Leg construction Max. load capacity Special TOPLINE 6.0 kg steel 253 mm 195 x 214 mm 150 x 180 mm flat steel plate 15 kg 4 rubber pads each for floor and tray provide for stability and noise filtration Order No. structured black (unit: 2 pcs.) 26773-000-56 pure white (unit: 2 pcs.) 26773-000-76 274
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · MONITOR STANDS TABLE MONITOR STAND TOPLINE 3.41 kg steel from 167 to 254 mm 214 x 214 mm 150 x 170 mm flat steel plate continuous 15 kg 4 rubber pads each for floor and tray provide for stability and noise filtration 26772 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Bearing plate Leg construction Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special Order No. structured black 26772-000-56 Attractive table stand for studio monitors and loudspeakers. The height adjustment is varia- ble between 167 and 254 mm. 4 rubber pads each for floor and tray provide for stability and noise filtration. The recommended max. load is 15 kg. The support area (tray) dimensions are 150 x 170 mm. 275
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · MONITOR STANDS TABLE MONITOR STAND DESKTOP MONITOR STAND TILTABLE DESKTOP MONITOR STAND 26774 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Bearing plate Leg construction Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special TOPLINE 4.96 kg steel from 167 to 254 mm 290 x 295 mm 230 x 250 mm flat steel plate continuous 15 kg 4 rubber pads each for floor and tray provide for stability and noise filtration 26775 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Bearing plate Leg construction Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special TOPLINE 3.6 kg steel from 350 to 500 mm 250 x 210 mm 205 x 245 mm flat steel plate locking screw and safety hook 25 kg 4 rubber pads each for base and bearing plate provide for stability and noise filtration 26776 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Base dimensions Bearing plate Leg construction Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special Order No. structured black 26774-000-56 Order No. black 26775-000-55 TOPLINE 4.15 kg steel from 350 to 450 mm 0° to 12.5° 250 x 210 mm 230 x 250 mm flat steel plate locking screw and safety hook 25 kg 4 rubber pads each for base and bearing plate provide for stability and noise filtration; bearing plate can be moved to optimize the center of gravity; stop bar prevents the monitor from slipping down Order No. black 26776-000-55 Height-adjustable desktop stand for near-field monitors Height-adjustable desktop stand with tilt support Height-adjustment by locking screw and safety hook Height-adjustment by locking screw and safety hook 276
CLAMP BRACKET 19410 Weight Material Length Clamping range Adjustment Height adjustment Spacing of holes Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 19410-000-55 SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · MONITOR STANDS CLAMPING DESKTOP MONITOR STAND TILTABLE CLAMPING DESKTOP MONITOR STAND TOPLINE 0.76 kg steel 350 mm up to 51 mm continuous non-scratching locking screws 60 mm 4 kg inclination, alignment and height can be adjusted as required 26777 Weight Material Height Bearing plate Clamping range Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special TOPLINE 2.6 kg steel from 335 to 485 mm 205 x 245 mm 6 to 52 mm locking screw and safety hook 25 kg 4 rubber pads for bearing plate provide for stability and noise filtration; bearing plate steplessly rotatable 360° 26778 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Bearing plate Leg construction Clamping range Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 26777-000-55 Height-adjustable desktop stand for near-field monitors Height-adjustment by locking screw and safety hook Order No. black 26778-000-55 Height-adjustable desktop stand with tilt support Height-adjustment by locking screw and safety hook TOPLINE 3.1 kg steel from 335 to 435 mm 0° to 12.5° 230 x 250 mm flat steel plate 6 to 52 mm locking screw and safety hook 25 kg 4 rubber pads for bearing plate provide for stability and noise filtration; bearing plate can be moved to optimize the center of gravity and rotated by 180°; stop bar prevents the monitor from slipping down 277
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · MONITOR STANDS MONITOR STAND MONITOR STAND MONITOR STAND 26720 Weight Material Height Bearing plate Leg construction TOPLINE 4.68 kg steel from 677 to 1,132 mm 205 x 245 mm firmly screwed-in base tubes 26722 Weight Material Height Bearing plate Leg construction TOPLINE 5.4 kg steel from 677 to 1,132 mm 280 x 320 mm firmly screwed-in base tubes 26740 Weight Material Height Bearing plate Leg construction TOPLINE 10.02 kg steel from 950 to 1,450 mm 205 x 245 mm round cast-iron base Rod combination 2-piece folding design Rod combination 2-piece folding design Rod combination 2-piece folding design Height adjustment Height adjustment Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special locking screw and safety hook 690 mm 35 kg 3 internal cable routing possible; support plate with rubber bumps; for stationary use Height adjustment Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special locking screw and safety hook 690 mm 35 kg 3 internal cable routing possible; support plate with rubber bumps; for stationary use Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Special Order No. black 26720-022-55 Order No. black 26722-000-55 locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm, threaded bolt 3/8 x 12 mm 450 mm 35 kg direct attachment of monitors with 3/8 threaded joint (thread length 12 mm) possible; support plate with 4 thread points and 4 rubber knobs; for stationary use Order No. black 26740-022-55 Accessories Page Carrier bag for round base 26751 305 Additional weight for base plates 26709 295 Bearing plate with a size of 280 x 320 mm Maximum strength; 35 kg load capacity 278
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · MONITOR STANDS TOPLINE 6.8 kg steel from 800 to 1,300 mm 0° to 12.5° 230 x 250 mm 3-legged steel base 2-piece folding design 10 different positions 600 mm 35 kg with tiltable tray; additional stop angle; gradual height ad- justment MONITOR STAND 26754 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Bearing plate Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Base diameter Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 26754-000-55 The modern studio monitor stand with a tiltable tray and a metal tripod base provides for stability and functionality. The three felt pads ensure noise filtration. The adjustments for the monitor tray include a 12.5° angle and 45 mm in depth. The stop angle of the tray provides additional safety. The height is adjusted by a clamping lever and ranges from 800 to 1300 mm. The gradual height adjustment to the desired positions takes place in 50 mm intervals. 279
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · MONITOR STANDS DESIGN MONITOR STAND DESIGN MONITOR STAND DESIGN MONITOR STAND 26785 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction STARLINE 14.5 kg steel from 1,100 to 1,700 mm 420 x 420 mm cast-iron base 26791 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction STARLINE 16.73 kg steel from 644 to 1,044 mm 480 x 480 mm cast-iron base 26795 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction STARLINE 17.5 kg steel from 794 to 1,344 mm 480 x 480 mm cast-iron base Rod combination 2-piece folding design Rod combination 2-piece folding design Rod combination 2-piece folding design Height adjustment spring-loaded clamping knob for the Genelec 8000 monitor series; quick, uncomplicated mounting of the mo- nitor is accomplished using the suspension device; gradual height adjustment system Max. load capacity Special Order No. structured black 26791-000-56 Accessories Bearing plate 26792 Adapter 26793 Height adjustment Special Order No. structured black 26785-018-56 structured white 26785-018-66 spring-loaded clamping knob 70 kg gradual height adjustment system Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special spring-loaded clamping knob 70 kg gradual height adjustment system Order No. structured black 26795-018-56 Page 282 282 Accessories Bearing plate 26792 Adapter 26793 Page 282 282 Internal cable bushing 280
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · MONITOR STANDS 3.2 kg steel 420 x 380 mm 35 mm to slip on stand for projectors, monitors and for other equipment TOPLINE 4.9 kg steel 673 x 398 mm 35 mm to slip on stand 35 kg for mixer, controller, laptops, etc. TRAY XL 26752 Weight Material Bearing plate Suitable for tubing diameter of Function Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 26752-026-55 UNIVERSAL STAND PROJECTOR TRAY 26765 Weight Material Height Leg construction TOPLINE 7.6 kg aluminum, steel from 1,000 to 1,450 mm tube legs with cross braces Rod combination 2-piece folding design 26753 Weight Material Level top Suitable for tubing diameter of Function Special Order No. black 26753-000-55 Height adjustment Bearing plate Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special locking screw with push-button system 673 x 398 mm 730 mm 30 kg 3 lightweight stand; for low to medium height applications; for mixer, controller, laptops, etc. Order No. black 26765-026-55 2-piece folding design Max. load capacity*: 30 kg Tray plate with 36 mm flange socket for attaching to speaker or light stands Perfect in combination with the low speaker stand 21454 281
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · MONITOR STANDS BEARING PLATE 26792 Material Fits Special STARLINE steel 26791, 26795 available in 3 different sizes; 4 spikes and 4 rubber knobs included Order No. structured black, 240 x 5 x 200 mm, 1.87 kg 26792-024-56 structured black, 320 x 5 x 280 mm, 3.63 kg 26792-032-56 structured black, 420 x 5 x 380 mm, 6.35 kg 26792-042-56 ADAPTER 26793 Weight Material Height Suitable for tubing diameter of Function Max. load capacity Fits Special Order No. black 26793-000-56 STARLINE 0.31 kg steel 85 mm 35 mm screw-on type 50 kg 26791, 26795 2 fastening screws included 282
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS ADAPTER BOLT ADAPTER BOLT ADAPTER BOLT 0.4 kg steel 50 mm diameter 35 mm, threaded bolt M20 19683 Weight Material Height Tube end(s) Order No. zinc-plated 19683-000-29 0.18 kg aluminum 75 mm diameter 35 mm, threaded bush M20 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 21447, 24623, 24626, 26736, 26739 21324 Weight Material Height Tube end(s) Fits Order No. black 21324-000-55 24506 Weight Material Diameter Height 0.32 kg steel 35 mm 52 mm Threaded connector M20 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 21447, 24623, 24626, 26736, 26739 suitable for Penn El- com flange adapters Fits Special Order No. zinc-plated 24506-000-29 ADAPTER BOLT 24507 Weight Material Diameter Height 0.53 kg steel 35 mm 79 mm ADAPTER 21329 Weight Material Height Diameter Threaded connector M20 Tube end(s) 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 21447, 24623, 24626, 26736, 26739 suitable for Bosch/EV flange adapters Order No. black 21329-025-55 Fits Special Order No. zinc-plated 24507-000-29 Suitable for Bosch/EV flange adapters Suitable for Penn Elcom flange adapters EXTENSION FOR LIGHT STANDS 0.6 kg steel 250 mm 35 mm threaded bush M20, threaded bolt M20 21322 Weight Material Height Diameter Tube end(s) Order No. black 21322-000-55 0.7 kg steel 300 mm 35 mm threaded bush M10, threaded bolt M10 Extension of 300 mm; M10 threaded bushing 283
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS EXTENSION ROD DISTANCE ROD DISTANCE ROD 1.76 kg steel 990 mm 35 mm threaded bush M10, threaded bolt M10 213/3 Weight Material Height Diameter Tube end(s) Order No. black 21330-900-55 0.72 kg steel 745 mm diameter 35 mm 35 kg 21333 Weight Material Height Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Order No. black 21333-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 21421 Page 247 21334 Weight Material Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special Order No. black, 880 mm 21334-000-55 black, 500 mm 21334-050-55 1.14 kg steel diameter 35 mm, threaded bolt M20 35 kg for precise fit Accessories Page Carrying case 21421 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 247 292 283 283 283 293 293 293 294 294 294 295 284
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS DISTANCE ROD DISTANCE ROD DISTANCE ROD 2.2 kg steel from 974 to 1,502 mm 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm 35 kg 21350 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Order No. black 21350-000-55 21336 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 21336-000-55 2.25 kg steel from 945 to 1,475 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw diameter 35 mm 35 kg mounting aid included Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Page 305 305 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Page 305 305 Mounting aid Height adjustment with spring-loaded bolt and locking screw 2.2 kg steel from 849 to 1,377 mm 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm, threaded bolt M20 35 kg for precise and vertical fit 21351 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 21351-000-55 Accessories Page Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 305 305 292 283 283 283 293 293 293 294 294 294 295 285
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS DISTANCE ROD DISTANCE ROD DISTANCE ROD »PRO« 2.5 kg steel from 905 to 1,450 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw diameter 35 mm, threaded bolt M20 35 kg for precise and vertical fit; mounting aid included 21337 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 21337-000-55 pure white 21337-000-76 Accessories Page Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 305 305 292 283 283 283 293 293 293 294 294 294 295 2.7 kg steel from 1,090 to 1,790 mm 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm, threaded bolt M20 35 kg for precise and vertical fit; mounting aid included 26739 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 26739-000-55 Accessories Page Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 305 305 292 283 283 283 293 293 293 294 294 294 295 2.96 kg steel from 1,090 to 1,790 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw diameter 35 mm, threaded bolt M20 35 kg for precise and vertical fit; mounting aid included 26736 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 26736-000-55 pure white 26736-000-76 Accessories Page Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 305 305 292 283 283 283 293 293 293 294 294 294 295 Mounting aid Mounting aid Height adjustment with spring-loaded locking screw and safety bolt 286 Height adjustment with spring-loaded locking screw and safety bolt
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS Extendable to 2.4 m Available in black and pure white Height adjustment with clamping screw and safety hook Example in combination with the base plate 26716 3.7 kg steel from 1,400 to 2,400 mm 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars; threaded bolt M20 25 kg for precise and vertical fit DISTANCE ROD 24623 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 24623-023-55 pure white 24623-023-76 Extra high steel tube combination for use with various base plates with M20 threaded bushings. The extension tube has a diameter of 35 mm to accommodate speaker cabinets with flange adapter. The height is fixed with a safety hook and secured by a clamping screw for a vibration-free and firm fit. The slim design of the clamp allows space- saving transport. Accessories Page Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 305 292 283 283 283 293 294 294 294 295 287
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS DISTANCE ROD »PRO« DISTANCE ROD WITH HAND CRANK DISTANCE ROD WITH HAND CRANK 3.88 kg steel from 1,400 to 2,400 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars 30 kg for precise and vertical fit 24626 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 24626-000-55 pure white 24626-000-76 21338 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 21338-000-55 Accessories Page Accessories Carrying case 18851 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 305 292 283 283 283 293 294 294 294 295 3.5 kg steel from 1,040 to 1,605 mm 2-piece folding design hand crank with push- button system and locking screw diameter 35 mm 35 kg push-button system and hand crank avoid uncontrolled reverse motion; locking screw provides additional safety 21339 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special 3.98 kg steel from 940 to 1,505 mm 2-piece folding design hand crank with push- button system and locking screw diameter 35 mm, threaded bolt M20 35 kg push-button system and hand crank avoid uncontrolled reverse motion; locking screw provides additional safety; M20 bolt for precise and vertical fit Order No. black 21339-000-55 Page 181 Accessories Page Universal carrying case 15043 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 99 292 283 283 283 293 293 293 294 294 294 295 288
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS DISTANCE ROD WITH HAND CRANK AND »RING LOCK« DISTANCE ROD »RING LOCK« DISTANCE ROD »RING LOCK« 21340 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special 3.8 kg steel from 920 to 1,520 mm 2-piece folding design hand crank with push- button system and locking screw »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm, threaded bolt M20 35 kg patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connec- tion due to moveable plastic splints; push-button system and hand crank avoid uncontrolled reverse motion; for precise and vertical fit Order No. black 21340-000-55 Accessories Page Universal carrying case 15043 Carrying case 18851 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 99 181 292 283 283 283 293 293 293 294 294 294 295 21447 Weight Material Height Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special 0.63 kg steel 245 mm »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm, threaded bolt M20 35 kg patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connec- tion due to moveable plastic splints; for precise and vertical fit 21364 Weight Material Height Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special 1.33 kg steel 880 mm »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm, threaded bolt M20 35 kg patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connec- tion due to moveable plastic splints; for precise and vertical fit Order No. black 21447-000-55 Order No. black 21364-000-55 Accessories Page Accessories Page Adapter bolt 21324 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 283 292 283 283 Tight and firm fit for the speaker Tight and firm fit for the speaker Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 305 305 292 283 283 283 293 293 293 294 294 294 295 Easy-to-use Ring Lock system Tight and firm fit for the speaker 289
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS DISTANCE ROD »RING LOCK« 21367 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special 2.76 kg steel from 890 to 1,380 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm, threaded bolt M20 35 kg patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints; for precise and vertical fit Order No. black 21367-014-55 The height is adjusted by an easy-to-use spring- loaded bolt and locking screw. The unique paten- ted expanding mandrel system provides a stable, tight and firm fit for satellite speakers. Connecting the speaker is easy and is done using the handy ring lock - which is simply placed in position and screwed on. Accessories Page Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 305 305 292 283 283 283 293 293 293 294 294 294 295 Tight and firm fit for the satellite speaker Easy-to-use Ring Lock system 290
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS DISTANCE ROD »EASY LOCK« DISTANCE ROD »RING LOCK« DISTANCE ROD »RING LOCK« 21377 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special 2.45 kg steel from 900 to 1,400 mm 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook »Easy Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm, threaded bolt M20 35 kg for precise and vertical fit; patented expanding mandrel system »Easy Lock«; vibration-free connec- tion due to moveable plastic splints Order No. black 21377-000-55 Accessories Page Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 305 305 292 283 283 283 293 293 293 294 294 294 295 21368 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special 3.2 kg steel from 1,100 to 1,800 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm, threaded bolt M20 35 kg patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints; for precise and vertical fit Order No. black 21368-000-55 Accessories Page Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Connector plate 24116 Adapter bolt 21324 Adapter bolt 24506 Adapter bolt 24507 Base plate 26700 Base plate S 26711 Base plate S (3 x M20) 26707 Base plate M 26712 Base plate M (3 x M20) 26713 Base plate L 26715 Base plate L (3 x M20) 26716 305 305 292 283 283 283 293 293 293 294 294 294 295 An expanding mandrel with quick-release fastener ensures a tight fit of the speaker Height adustment with K&M safety hook and secured by a clamping screw 21360 Weight Material Height Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special 1.15 kg steel 750 mm »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm 35 kg patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints Order No. black 21360-000-55 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Page 305 305 Height adjustment with spring-loaded locking screw and safety bolt Easy-to-use Ring Lock system Easy-to-use Ring Lock system 291
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS DISTANCE ROD »EASY LOCK« DISTANCE ROD »RING LOCK« CONNECTOR PLATE 21376 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special 2.35 kg steel from 1,005 to 1,505 mm 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook »Easy Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm 35 kg patented expanding mandrel system »Easy Lock«; vibration-free connec- tion due to moveable plastic splints 21366 Weight Material Height Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity Special 2.9 kg steel from 1,005 to 1,485 mm 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm 35 kg patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connection due to moveable plastic splints 24116 Weight Material Height Diameter Bore holes 0.24 kg zinc die-cast 25 mm 105 mm diameter 6.5 mm (4 x) Threaded connector M20 Function Bolt Circle Diameter Fits to screw on speakers 80 mm 19683, 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 21447, 24623, 24626, 26736, 26739 Order No. black 24116-000-55 Order No. black 21376-000-55 Order No. black 21366-014-55 Accessories Page Accessories Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 305 305 Carrying case for distance rods M 24608 Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Page 305 305 An expanding mandrel with quick-release fastener ensures a tight fit of the speaker Height adustment with K&M safety hook and secured by a clamping screw 292 Tight and firm fit for the speaker Easy-to-use Ring Lock system
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS BASE PLATE BASE PLATE S BASE PLATE S (3 X M20) 26700 Weight Material Height Diameter 6.7 kg grey cast iron 21 mm 450 mm 26711 Weight Material Dimensions 7.4 kg steel 406 x 406 x 23 mm 26707 Weight Material Dimensions 7.5 kg steel 406 x 406 x 23 mm Threaded connector M20 Threaded connector M20 Threaded connector M20 Fits 19683, 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 24623, 24626, 26007, 26736, 26739 Felt strips for floor pro- tection are included Special Fits Special 19683, 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 26007, 26736, 26739 flat steel plate; includes a practical integrated handle and a cable management 19683, 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 26736, 26739 flat steel plate; includes a practical integrated handle and a cable management; depending on the requirements, there are three ways to position the distance rod Page 252 295 305 Order No. structured black 26707-000-56 Accessories Thread adapter 21950 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Carrying case for base plate S 24616 Page 252 295 305 293 Order No. structured black 26711-000-56 Accessories Thread adapter 21950 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Carrying case for base plate S 24616 Fits Special Order No. structured black 26700-000-56 pure white 26700-000-76 Accessories Page Thread adapter 21950 252 Carrier bag for round base 26751 305 Additional weight for base plates 26709 295 For all common distance rods and tube combinations with M20 threaded bolts
19683, 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 24623, 24626, 26736, 26739 flat steel plate; includes a practical integrated handle and a cable management; depending on the requirements, there are three ways to position the distance rod Fits Special 19683, 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 24623, 24626, 26007, 26736, 26739 flat steel plate; includes a practical integrated handle and a cable management Order No. structured black 26715-000-56 pure white 26715-000-76 Accessories Thread adapter 21950 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Carrying case for base plate L 24627 Page 252 295 305 Page 252 295 305 Order No. structured black 26713-000-56 Accessories Thread adapter 21950 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Carrying case for base plate M 24617 Page 252 295 305 SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS BASE PLATE M BASE PLATE M (3 X M20) BASE PLATE L 26712 Weight Material Dimensions 10.7 kg steel 489 x 489 x 23 mm 26713 Weight Material Dimensions 10.7 kg steel 489 x 489 x 23 mm 26715 Weight Material Dimensions 13.5 kg steel 550 x 550 x 23 mm Threaded connector M20 Threaded connector M20 Threaded connector M20 Fits Special 19683, 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 24623, 24626, 26007, 26736, 26739 flat steel plate; includes a practical integrated handle and a cable management Fits Special Order No. structured black 26712-000-56 Accessories Thread adapter 21950 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Carrying case for base plate M 24617 294
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · DISTANCE AND EXTENSION RODS BASE PLATE L (3 X M20) ADDITIONAL WEIGHT FOR BASE PLATES 26716 Weight Material Dimensions 13.5 kg steel 550 x 550 x 23 mm Threaded connector M20 Fits Special 19683, 21334, 21337, 21339, 21340, 21351, 21364, 21367, 21368, 21377, 24623, 24626, 26736, 26739 flat steel plate; includes a practical integrated handle and a cable management; depending on the requirements, there are three ways to position the distance rod 26709 Weight Material Height Diameter Bore holes Fits Special 5.0 kg steel 8 mm 325 mm diameter 43.5 mm (2 x) 24650, 24651, 24653, 24654, 26700, 26707, 26711, 26712, 26713, 26715, 26716, 26727, 26729, 26731, 26732, 26733, 26735, 26737, 26740, 26750 to increase the stability; including self-adhe- sive rubber buffers for non-slip, low-noise operation; several plates can also be stacked onto each other. Order No. structured black 26716-000-56 pure white 26716-000-76 Accessories Thread adapter 21950 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Carrying case for base plate L 24627 Order No. structured black 26709-000-56 Page 252 295 305 More stability and security with additional weight plates for speaker or lighting stands Increase the weight of K&M base plates with one or more extra 5 kg plates 295
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · ACCESSORIES FOR SPEAKER STANDS MOUNTING ADAPTER FLANGE ADAPTER FLANGE ADAPTER 195/8 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for tubing diameter of Bore holes Function Spacing of holes Max. load capacity Order No. black 19580-000-55 pure white 19580-000-76 0.68 kg steel 175 x 110 x 104 mm 35 mm 35 x 9.5 mm (2 x ) to screw on speakers, to slip on stand from 100 to 152 mm 50 kg 19654 Weight Material 0.08 kg plastic 19656 Weight Material 0.34 kg zinc die-cast Suitable for tubing diameter of Bore holes Function Flange Bolt Circle Diameter Installation depth 35 mm diameter 6.5 mm (4 x) to screw into speaker, to slip on stand diameter 105 mm 80 mm 61 mm Suitable for tubing diameter of Bore holes Function Flange Bolt Circle Diameter Installation depth 35 mm diameter 6.5 mm (4 x) to screw into speaker, to slip on stand diameter 105 mm 80 mm 75 mm Order No. black 19654-000-55 Order No. black 19656-000-55 FLANGE ADAPTER SCREW-ON ADAPTER 0.55 kg steel 146 x 40 x 105 mm 35 mm diameter 11 mm (2 x) to screw on speakers, to slip on stand 115 mm secured by locking screw; mounting bolts M10 x 40 mm, washers and nuts (2 of each) included 19665 Weight Material 0.38 kg steel Suitable for tubing diameter of Bore holes Function Flange Bolt Circle Diameter Installation depth Fits 25 mm diameter 6.5 mm (4 x) to screw into speaker, to slip on stand diameter 105 mm 80 mm 78 mm 21420 24281 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for tubing diameter of Bore holes Function Spacing of holes Special Order No. black 24281-000-55 Order No. black 19665-000-55 296
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · ACCESSORIES FOR SPEAKER STANDS SPEAKER TILT CONNECTOR SPEAKER TILT CONNECTOR SPEAKER TILT CONNECTOR »RING LOCK« 0.67 kg steel 230 mm 0° to 15° 35 mm to slip on stand, to insert into speaker 25 kg secured by locking screws; with setting scale 19670 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Suitable for tubing diameter of Function Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 19670-000-55 19671 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Suitable for tubing diameter of Function Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 19671-000-55 1.2 kg steel 205 mm 15° 35 mm to slip on stand, to insert into speaker 25 kg adjustment range mounting bolt: 50 mm 19674 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Suitable for tubing diameter of Tube end(s) Function Max. load capacity Special 0.85 kg steel 300 mm 0° to 15° 35 mm »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm to slip on stand, to insert into speaker 25 kg patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connec- tion due to moveable plastic splints; secured by locking screws; with setting scale Setting scale Order No. black 19674-000-55 Easy-to-use Ring Lock system 297
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · ACCESSORIES FOR SPEAKER STANDS INCLINABLE STAND ADAPTER ADAPTER SLEEVE »EASY LOCK« ADAPTER SLEEVE »RING LOCK« 0.6 kg steel 270 mm 35 mm »Easy Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm to slip on stand, to insert into speaker patented expanding mandrel system »Easy Lock«; vibration-free connec- tion due to moveable plastic splints; secured by locking screw 21444 Weight Material Height Suitable for tubing diameter of Tube end(s) Function Special Order No. black 21444-000-55 21441 Weight Material Height Suitable for tubing diameter of Tube end(s) Function Special Order No. black 21441-000-55 pure white 21441-000-76 0.66 kg steel 270 mm 35 mm »Ring Lock« diameter 35 to 37 mm to slip on stand, to insert into speaker patented expanding mandrel system »Ring Lock«; vibration-free connec- tion due to moveable plastic splints; secured by locking screw An expanding mandrel with quick- release fastener ensures a tight fit of the speaker The useful extension for all common speaker stands with tube diameter 35 mm Easy-to-use Ring Lock system Tight and firm fit for the speaker 0.55 kg steel 80 mm 0° to 30° 35 mm to slip on stand 15 kg assembly is easy as the swivel mount is first attached to the stand and then slotted into the bracket; tiltable 19780 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Suitable for tubing diameter of Function Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 19780-018-55 pure white 19780-018-76 Accessories Page Adapter panel 1 24352 Adapter panel 2 24354 Adapter panel 3 24356 Adapter panel 4 24357 Adapter panel 5 24358 Adapter panel 6 24359 Adapter plate VESA MIS-D 75/100 19615 Adapter plate VESA MIS-E 200 19616 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 200x200 19617 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 400x400 19618 315 315 315 315 315 315 359 359 359 359 298
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · ACCESSORIES FOR SPEAKER STANDS ADAPTER SLEEVE LEVELING ADAPTER 0.01 kg plastic 102 mm 35 mm to slip on stand for speaker flanges with inside tube dia- meter 38 mm 21326 Weight Material Height Suitable for tubing diameter of Function Special Order No. black 21326-000-55 0.01 kg plastic 14.5 mm 42 mm 35 mm for distance rods; for a wobble-free fit; two adapter rings, one at each side of the rod, should be used with a satellite system 85890 Weight Material Height Diameter Suitable for tubing diameter of Special Order No. black (unit: 2 pcs.) 85890-000-55 299
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · ACCESSORIES FOR SPEAKER STANDS Allows a height adjustment of max. 200 mm If the surface is even or for transport simply leave the adapter on the speaker foot LEVELING LEG FOR SPEAKER STAND 21445 Weight Material Height Diameter Suitable for tubing diameter of Fits Special 0.7 kg steel 647 mm 40 mm 35 mm 213, 21302, 214/6, 21435, 21436, 21439, 21467, 21471, 21472, 24630 with the help of this adapter you can easily balance out uneven surfaces, stairs, steps or slo- ped surfaces of max. 200 mm; if the surface is even, you simply leave the adapter in the initial position on the speaker foot Order No. black 21445-000-55 With the help of this adapter you can easily level uneven surfaces, stairs, steps or sloped surfaces. A useful supplement for the following König & Meyer speaker stands: 21300-009-55, 21302-009-55, 21435-009-55, 21436-009-55, 21460-009-55, 21460-009-76, 21460-009-81, 21463-000-55, 21467-000-55 and 24630-009-55. Allows a height adjustment of max. 200 mm. Leveling leg for uneven surfaces (stairs, steps etc.) 300
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · ACCESSORIES FOR SPEAKER STANDS SPEAKER MOUNTING FORK BOOM ARM 1.48 kg steel from 310 to 490 mm 35 mm to slip on stand diameter 35 mm x 120 mm for 2 speakers; secured by locking screw; Load-bearing capacity: 2 x 25 kg 24105 Weight Material Width-adjustable Suitable for tubing diameter of Function Mounting bolt Special Order No. black 24105-000-55 21232 Weight Material 5.8 kg steel Boom arm length Clamping from 1,070 to 1,870 mm T-bar locking screw Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 2-piece telescopic design thanks to the stand adapter ø 35 mm combinable with speaker and light stands; adjustable heavy counterweight included Boom arm Special Order No. black 21232-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 21422 Page 304 Thanks to the stand adapter ø 35 mm the boom arm is combinable with speaker and light stands Adjustable heavy counterweight Load-bearing capacity: 2 x 25 kg 301
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · ACCESSORIES FOR SPEAKER STANDS SAFETY RING 21320 Weight Material Height 0.07 kg plastic 30 mm Suitable for tubing diameter of 30 resp. 35 mm Order No. black ø 35 mm 21320-000-55 black ø 30 mm 21320-030-55 TRAY 12227 Weight Material Dimensions Screw-on to Special Order No. black 12227-000-55 2.0 kg steel 250 x 330 mm tube diameter 42 mm can/cup holder is included; with slot for convenient cable routing; a foam insert is included WARNING STRIP 21402 Weight Material Dimensions Mounting Special Order No. 21402-000-00 0.08 kg nylon 600 x 175 mm leg of the stand with velcro reflective collar; yellow/black stripes printed with „CAUTION“ Practical tray with cup holder CABLE HOLDER CABLE CLAMP CARRYING CASE 21403 Weight Material Dimensions Special Order No. black (unit: 3 pcs.) 21403-003-55 0.01 kg 21406 Weight Material 0.03 kg plastic 220 x 25 x 1.5 mm for better cable ma- nagement Suitable for tubing diameter of Special 35 to 42 mm for speaker stands & lighting stands; cable duct inside: approx. 30 x 12 mm; 2 cable clamps are included in the delivery Order No. black 21406-000-55 1.0 kg nylon 1,200 x 250 x 250 mm handle zip fastener 19500, 213, 21302, 214/6, 21411, 21435, 21436, 21450, 21467, 21471, 28070 to store and transport two speaker/ lighting stands; two inside compartments 21311 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 21311-000-00 302
High quality cushioning SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · ACCESSORIES FOR SPEAKER STANDS CARRYING CASE »SELECT« 2.1 kg 1680D nylon fabric 1,200 mm 260 mm handle zip fastener 19500, 213, 21302, 214/6, 21411, 21435, 21436, 21450, 21467, 21471, 28070 to store and trans- port two speaker/ lighting stands; two inside compartments 21316 Weight Material Dimensions Diameter Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 21316-000-00 Large carrying case for speaker and hand crank stands. Case made of extremely durable 1680D nylon fabric. All seams hand-stitched in high quality. Padded carrying handles and a durable zipper are further quality features. 303
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · ACCESSORIES FOR SPEAKER STANDS CARRYING CASE »PRO« CARRYING CASE CARRYING CASE 1.32 kg nylon 1,200 x 250 x 250 mm handle zip fastener 213, 21302, 214/6, 21411, 21435, 21436, 21450, 21467, 21471, 28070 to store and transport two speaker/lighting stands; two inside compartments 21319 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 21319-000-00 21312 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 21312-000-00 21422 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special 1.2 kg nylon 1,350 mm handle zip fastener 21472 to store and transport two speaker/lighting stands; two inside compart- ments Order No. 21422-000-00 XL: Extra large and stable carrying case 0.36 kg nylon 1,290 x 140 x 140 mm handle cord fastener 20800, 21021, 21231, 21232, 21420, 25600, 26735, 26737, 26750 to store and transport two speaker/monitor stands; two inside compartments CARRYING CASE CARRYING CASE FOR WIND-UP STAND »3000« CARRYING CASE FOR WIND-UP STAND »4000« 24731 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 24731-000-00 1.13 kg nylon 2,250 x 320 x 170 mm handle zip fastener 24620, 24625, 24630, 24640 to store and transport two lighting/speaker stands; two inside compartments; snap fasteners adjust the sizes, 2250 or 1750 mm 2.58 kg 1680D nylon fabric 1,450 x 235 x 250 mm handle zip fastener 24730 castors included 24741 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 24741-000-00 2.9 kg 1680D nylon fabric 1,760 x 235 x 250 mm handle zip fastener 24740 castors included Professional carrying case with castors for Wind-Up stand »3000« Professional carrying case with castors for Wind-Up stand »4000« 24611 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 24611-000-00 304
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · ACCESSORIES FOR SPEAKER STANDS CARRYING CASE FOR DISTANCE RODS M CARRYING CASE FOR DISTANCE RODS L CARRYING CASE FOR BASE PLATE S 24608 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 24608-000-00 0.77 kg nylon 1,115 x 220 x 120 mm handle zip fastener 21336, 21337, 21350, 21351, 21360, 21364, 21366, 21367, 21368, 21376, 21377, 26727, 26729, 26731, 26732, 26733, 26736, 26739 to store and transport two distance rods; two inside compartments 24609 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Special Order No. 24609-000-00 24616 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 24616-000-00 0.93 kg nylon 1,420 x 200 x 140 mm handle zip fastener 21336, 21337, 21350, 21351, 21360, 21364, 21366, 21367, 21368, 21376, 21377, 24623, 24626, 24650, 24651, 24653, 24654, 26727, 26729, 26731, 26732, 26733, 26736, 26739 to store and transport two distance rods; two inside compartments 0.29 kg nylon 406 x 406 x 30 mm handle zip fastener 26707, 26711, 26729, 26731 CARRYING CASE FOR BASE PLATE M CARRYING CASE FOR BASE PLATE L CARRIER BAG FOR ROUND BASE 24617 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 24617-000-00 0.39 kg nylon 489 x 489 x 30 mm handle zip fastener 24650, 24653, 26712, 26713, 26732, 26733 24627 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 24627-000-00 0.5 kg nylon 560 x 560 x 30 mm handle zip fastener 24651, 24654, 26715, 26716, 26727 0.34 kg nylon 460 x 25 mm round cast-iron base diameter 450 mm handle zip fastener 26700, 26735, 26737, 26740, 26750 26751 Weight Material Dimensions diameter Suitable for Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 26751-000-00 305
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER WALL MOUNTS UNIVERSAL SPEAKER WALL MOUNT SPEAKER WALL MOUNT SPEAKER WALL MOUNT 0.71 kg steel 95 mm -25° to 45° 100 x 90 mm continuous attaches to walls from 70 to 76.2 mm 65 mm 110° 15 kg mounting material included 2.6 kg steel attaches to walls diameter 35 mm x 85 mm 225/255/285/315 mm 35 kg speaker distance from the wall can be adjusted in 4 positions 24140 Weight Material Mounting Mounting bolt Wall-to-bolt clearance Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 24140-000-55 24110 Weight Material 2.7 kg steel Angle of inclination 0° to -22° Adjustment Mounting Mounting bolt Wall-to-bolt clearance Max. load capacity Special gradual in 11 settings attaches to walls straddling bearing- anchors diameter 35 to 37 mm x 85 mm 468 mm 50 kg patented straddling bearing-anchors; guarantee effective clamping of speaker in any position; resonance-optimised construction Order No. black 24110-000-55 white 24110-000-57 GS-approved for load- bearing capacity: 50 kg GS-approved for load- bearing capacity: 35 kg Tighten/loosen clamping element with enclosed key 24161 Weight Material Ceiling mounting plate diameter Angle of inclination Bearing plate Adjustment Mounting Spacing of holes Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special Order No. structured black 24161-000-56 structured white 24161-000-66 Flexible and compact. Load-bearing capacity: 15 kg 306
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER WALL MOUNTS SPEAKER WALL MOUNT 24120 Weight Material 4.9 kg steel Angle of inclination Wall plate Adjustment Mounting 0° to -22° 350 x 140 mm gradual in 11 settings attaches to walls Mounting bolt straddling bearing- anchors diameter 35 to 37 mm x 85 mm Wall-to-bolt clearance 441 mm Swivel 180° 50 kg very flexible; patented straddling bearing-anchors; guarantee effective clamping of speaker in any position; resonance-optimised construction Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 24120-000-55 The swivelling and tiltable wall mount holds your speaker at the angle you want. The mount has 11 different tilt settings moving through 22°. The swivel is adjustable to any angle. The patented expanding mandrel for loud speakers with cabinet interiors of dia- meter from 35 to 37 mm is tightened with a key for a non-wobble and low-resonance speaker fit. 307 Tighten/loosen clamping element with enclosed key GS-approved for load-bearing capacity: 50 kg
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER WALL MOUNTS SPEAKER WALL MOUNT SPEAKER WALL MOUNT SPEAKER MOUNT 2.0 kg steel 0° to -25° 220 x 120 mm attaches to walls straddling bearing- anchors diameter 35 to 37 mm x 85 mm 314 mm 359 mm 120° 25 kg patented straddling bearing-anchors; guarantee effective clamping of speaker in any position 24173 Weight Material Angle of inclination Wall plate Mounting Mounting bolt Wall-to-bolt clea- rance Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Order No. black 24173-021-55 4.0 kg steel 0° to -30° 220 x 120 mm attaches to walls diameter 35 mm x 85 mm 172/202/232/262 mm 499 mm 140° 25 kg 3.4 kg steel diameter 45 to 55 mm clamp diameter 35 mm x 100 mm 316/383/451 mm 515 mm 240° 50 kg for vertical traverse systems 24150 Weight Material Clamping range Mounting Mounting bolt Wall-to-bolt clea- rance Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 24150-018-55 Load-bearing capacity: 50 kg 24169 Weight Material Angle of inclination Wall plate Mounting Mounting bolt Wall-to-bolt clea- rance Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 24169-000-55 Swivel range 120°; Tiltable in three steps (0°, 12.5° and 25°) 308
SPEAKER WALL MOUNT M 24166 Weight Material Wall plate Width Angle of inclination Mounting Swivel Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 24166-000-55 Accessories Cover for speaker wall mount 24463 2.05 kg steel 160 x 90 mm 90 mm 0° to -17° attaches to walls 108° 15 kg clamping range for loudspeakers with a depth of 150 to 220 mm Page 314 Individually adjustable wall mount for speakers with a depth of 150 to 220 mm Optional: Cover 24463 309
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER WALL MOUNTS SPEAKER WALL MOUNT L 2.36 kg steel 160 x 90 mm 90 mm 0° to -17° attaches to walls 108° 15 kg clamping range for loudspeakers with a depth of 210 to 340 mm 24167 Weight Material Wall plate Width Angle of inclination Mounting Swivel Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 24167-000-55 Solid and stable wall mount with adjustable boom for monitors and speakers up to 15 kg. The boom can be swiveled on both sides up to 54° and tilted continuously up to -17°. The width is 200 mm and the clamping depth ran- ges from 210 to 340 mm. Self-adhesive rubber pads protect the surface of the box and prevent vibration noise. User-friendly controls allow quick and convenient adjustments, which also remain fixed thanks to additional counter options. The sturdy metal construction is protected by a durable powder coating. Accessories Cover for speaker wall mount 24463 Page 314 Individually adjustable wall mount for speakers with a depth of 210 to 340 mm 310
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER WALL MOUNTS SPEAKER WALL MOUNT SPEAKER WALL MOUNT PACKAGE SPEAKER WALL MOUNT 0.87 kg steel 160 x 90 mm 0° to -30° attaches to walls 104 mm 90° 15 kg easy mounting by convenient hooking in and screw locking; swivelling and tiltable 24471 Weight Material Wall plate Angle of inclination Mounting Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 24471-000-55 white 24471-000-57 Accessories Page Adapter panel 1 24352 Adapter panel 2 24354 Adapter panel 3 24356 Adapter panel 4 24357 Adapter panel 5 24358 Adapter panel 6 24359 Adapter plate VESA MIS-D 75/100 19615 Adapter plate VESA MIS-E 200 19616 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 200x200 19617 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 400x400 19618 Cover for speaker wall mount 24463 315 315 315 315 315 315 359 359 359 359 314 1.87 kg steel 160 x 90 mm 0° to -30° attaches to walls 104 mm 90° 15 kg easy mounting by convenient hooking in and screw locking; swivelling and tiltable; Cover dimensions: 95 x 38 x 166 mm 24472 Weight Material Wall plate Angle of inclination Mounting Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special Order No. black (unit: 2 pcs.) 24472-000-55 white (unit: 2 pcs.) 24472-000-57 24481 Weight Material Wall plate Angle of inclination Mounting Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 24481-000-55 white 24481-000-57 1.34 kg steel 220 x 120 mm 0° to -30° attaches to walls 104 mm 90° 25 kg easy mounting by convenient hooking in and screw locking; swivelling and tiltable; large wall plate for heavy speakers Accessories Page Accessories Page Adapter panel 1 24352 Adapter panel 2 24354 Adapter panel 3 24356 Adapter panel 4 24357 Adapter panel 5 24358 Adapter panel 6 24359 Adapter plate VESA MIS-D 75/100 19615 Adapter plate VESA MIS-E 200 19616 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 200x200 19617 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 400x400 19618 315 315 315 315 315 315 359 359 359 359 Adapter panel 1 24352 Adapter panel 2 24354 Adapter panel 3 24356 Adapter panel 4 24357 Adapter panel 5 24358 Adapter panel 6 24359 Adapter plate VESA MIS-D 75/100 19615 Adapter plate VESA MIS-E 200 19616 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 200x200 19617 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 400x400 19618 315 315 315 315 315 315 359 359 359 359 GS-approved for load-bearing capacity: 15 kg Set of two speaker wall mount 24471 with cover 24463 GS-approved for load-bearing capacity: 25 kg 311
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER WALL MOUNTS SPEAKER WALL MOUNT SPEAKER WALL/ CEILING MOUNT SPEAKER WALL/ CEILING MOUNT 0.74 kg steel 130 x 70 mm 0° to 15° 40 x 98.5 mm attaches to walls 105 mm 180° 10 kg small (20 x 98 mm) and wide bracket (24 x 98 mm) included 24180 Weight Material Wall plate Angle of inclination Bearing plate Mounting Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 24180-000-55 white 24180-000-57 24185 Weight Material Wall plate Angle of inclination Bearing plate Adjustment Mounting Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special 0.65 kg steel 95 x 95 mm 0° to 90° 95 x 80 mm swivel ball joint as- sembly attaches to walls and ceilings 160 mm 360° 10 kg also suitable as ceiling mount Order No. black 24185-017-55 black, with 3/8“ threaded connector, without bearing plate 24185-317-55 24195 Weight Material Wall plate Angle of inclination Bearing plate Adjustment Mounting Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 24195-000-55 1.08 kg steel 170 x 95 mm 0° to 90° 127 x 60 mm toothed joint with wing nut attaches to walls and ceilings 246 mm 360° 15 kg also suitable as ceiling mount; steel safety wire cable included Load-bearing capacity: 10 kg 312
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER WALL MOUNTS SPEAKER WALL/ CEILING MOUNT NEW SPEAKER WALL MOUNT (SHORT ARM TYPE) SPEAKER CEILING MOUNT 1.1 kg steel 170 x 95 mm -45° to 45° 90 x 35 mm toothed joint with carriage bolt attaches to walls and ceilings 180 mm 360° 6 kg steel safety wire cable included; direct fit: HS5I, VXS5, MSP3A, MS101-4 19440 Weight Material Wall plate Angle of inclination Bearing plate Adjustment Mounting Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 19440-000-55 2.3 kg steel -45° to 45° 180 x 90 mm continuous attaches to walls 271 mm 360° 25 kg Direct fit: DBR12, DBR10, CBR12, CBR10, HS8I, HS7I Requires Yamaha‘s U-bracket: DZR10, CZR10, DXR10mkII, DXR8mkII, DHR10, CHR10 19430 Weight Material Angle of inclination Bearing plate Adjustment Mounting Wall clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 19430-000-55 2.2 kg steel 160 x 126 mm 0° to 75° 180 x 90 mm continuous attaches to ceilings 180 mm 90° 25 kg Direct fit: DBR15, DBR12, DBR10, CBR15, CBR12, CBR10, HS8I, HS7I Requires Yama- ha‘s U-bracket: DZR12, DZR10, CZR15, CZR12, CZR10, DXR12mkII, DXR10mkII, DXR8mkII, DHR12, DHR10, CHR12, CHR10 19420 Weight Material Ceiling mounting plate Angle of inclination Bearing plate Adjustment Mounting Ceiling clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 19420-000-55 Easy mounting by convenient hooking in and screw locking. 313
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER WALL MOUNTS SPEAKER CEILING MOUNT COVER FOR SPEAKER WALL MOUNT 24496 Weight Material Ceiling mounting plate Angle of inclination Bearing plate Adjustment Mounting Spacing of holes Ceiling clearance Swivel Max. load capacity Special 1.79 kg steel 160 x 118 mm 0° to 45° 90 x 47 mm continuous attaches to ceilings from 70 to 76.2 mm 250 mm 90° 25 kg easy mounting by convenient hooking in and screw locking; internal cable management 24463 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special Order No. black 24463-000-55 white 24463-000-57 0.06 kg plastic 95 x 38 x 166 mm 24166, 24167, 24471 no tools are required for installation; fastened with magnets; several cable outlets are provided for concealed cable routing Order No. black 24496-000-55 white 24496-000-57 Accessories Page Adapter panel 1 24352 Adapter panel 2 24354 Adapter panel 3 24356 Adapter panel 4 24357 Adapter panel 5 24358 Adapter panel 6 24359 Adapter plate VESA MIS-D 75/100 19615 Adapter plate VESA MIS-E 200 19616 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 200x200 19617 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 400x400 19618 315 315 315 315 315 315 359 359 359 359 314 Cover for speaker wall mounts with a wall mounting plate of 160 x 90 mm
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · SPEAKER WALL MOUNTS ADAPTER PANEL 1 ADAPTER PANEL 2 ADAPTER PANEL 3 24352 Weight Material Bearing plate Fits Special Order No. black 24352-000-55 white 24352-000-57 0.33 kg steel 95 x 150 mm 19610, 19611, 19780, 24471, 24472, 24481, 24496 mounting templates: 69,9 x 127 mm - M8 50,8 x 107,9 mm - M6 62 x 47 mm - M6 70 to 76,2 mm - M6 24354 Weight Material Bearing plate Fits Special Order No. black 24354-000-55 white 24354-000-57 0.33 kg steel 150 x 95 mm 19610, 19611, 19780, 24471, 24472, 24481, 24496 mounting templates: 127 x 69,9 mm - M8 107,9 x 50,8 mm - M6 70 to 76,2 mm - M6 24356 Weight Material Bearing plate Fits Special Order No. black 24356-000-55 white 24356-000-57 0.22 kg steel 71 x 128 mm 19610, 19611, 19780, 24471, 24472, 24481, 24496 mounting template: 50.8 x 107.9 mm - M6 ADAPTER PANEL 4 ADAPTER PANEL 5 ADAPTER PANEL 6 24357 Weight Material Bearing plate Fits Special Order No. black 24357-000-55 white 24357-000-57 0.24 kg steel 128 x 90 mm 19610, 19611, 19780, 24471, 24472, 24481, 24496 mounting template: 107.9 x 50.8 mm - M6 24358 Weight Material Bearing plate Fits Special Order No. black 24358-000-55 white 24358-000-57 0.15 kg steel 40 x 145 mm 19610, 19611, 19780, 24471, 24472, 24481, 24496 mounting template: 115 mm - M10 24359 Weight Material Bearing plate Fits Special Order No. black 24359-000-55 white 24359-000-57 0.14 kg steel 90 x 100 mm 19610, 19611, 19780, 24471, 24472, 24481, 24496 mounting template: 70 to 76.2 mm - M6; including locking screws for the Genelec 8000 series Including locking screws for the Genelec 8000 series 315
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · LIGHTING STANDS LIGHTING STAND LIGHTING STAND LIGHTING STAND 24620 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction BASELINE 3.66 kg aluminum 1,550 mm from 1,750 to 3,000 mm tube legs with cross braces 24625 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction BASELINE 2.71 kg aluminum 1,590 mm from 1,800 to 3,220 mm tube legs with cross braces 24630 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction TOPLINE 7.11 kg steel 1,600 mm from 1,955 to 2,915 mm tube legs with cross braces Rod combination 2-piece folding design Rod combination 2-piece folding design Rod combination 2-piece folding design Height adjustment Tube end(s) Crossbar dimensions Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special clamping lever and safety pin diameter 35 mm diameter 35 x 1,230 mm 1,150 mm 20 kg 3 lightweight stand; aluminum crossbar included; crossbar with boreholes for up to 8 spotlights Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special clamping lever and safety pin diameter 35 mm 1,150 mm 20 kg 3 lightweight stand; with adapter to take a TV pin (inner extension tube diameter 28 mm) Order No. black anodized 24625-000-35 Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Order No. black 24630-009-55 Accessories locking screw with push-button system diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars 1,260 mm 20 kg 3 Page 324 324 324 324 304 300 Order No. black anodized 24620-000-35 Accessories Carrying case 24611 Crossbar 24622 Page 304 324 Accessories Carrying case 24611 Screw fitting set 24621 Page 304 324 Crossbar 213/9 Crossbar 21393 Crossbar/Side crossbar 24637 Crossbar 24622 Carrying case 24611 Leveling leg for speaker stand 21445 With adapter to take a TV pin 316
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · LIGHTING STANDS LIGHTING STAND LIGHTING/SPEAKER STAND LIGHTING/SPEAKER STAND 24640 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction TOPLINE 12.68 kg steel 1,500 mm from 1,590 to 4,025 mm tube legs with double cross braces Rod combination 3-piece folding design Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special non-scratching locking screws diameter 30 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for crossbars 1,300 mm 20 kg 3 adjustable up to 4 m; additional safety rings Order No. black 24640-009-55 Accessories Crossbar 213/9 Carrying case 24611 Page 324 304 24650 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity* Special TOPLINE 14.4 kg steel from 1,420 to 2,420 mm 489 x 489 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars 20 kg integrated shock absorber; gradual height adjustment system Order No. black 24650-000-55 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Carrying case for base plate M 24617 Additional weight for base plates 26709 24653 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity* Special TOPLINE 14.4 kg steel from 1,420 to 2,420 mm 489 x 489 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design locking screw and safety hook diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars 20 kg integrated shock absorber; gradual height adjustment system: depending on the requirements, there are three ways to position the distance rod Page 305 305 295 Order No. black 24653-000-55 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Carrying case for base plate M 24617 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Page 305 305 295 Max. height: 2,420 mm Safety hook and clamping screw Steel plate with carrying handle and cable management 3 ways to position the distance rod 317
LIGHTING/SPEAKER STAND »PRO« 24651 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity* Special STARLINE 17.5 kg steel from 1,420 to 2,420 mm 550 x 550 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for crossbars 30 kg integrated shock absorber; gradual height adjustment system Order No. black 24651-000-55 pure white 24651-000-76 Accessories Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Carrying case for base plate L 24627 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Page 305 305 295 318
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · LIGHTING STANDS Height adjustment with spring-loaded bolt and locking screw 3 ways to position the distance rod LIGHTING/SPEAKER STAND »PRO« STARLINE 17.4 kg steel from 1,420 to 2,420 mm 550 x 550 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design spring-loaded bolt and locking screw diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars 30 kg integrated shock absorber; gradual height adjustment system: depending on the requirements, there are three ways to position the distance rod 24654 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Max. load capacity* Special Order No. black 24654-000-55 pure white 24654-000-76 Thanks to the heavy, flat steel plate (550 x 550 mm), the stand is ideal for use where space is at a premium. Depending on require- ments, there are three ways to position the pole. In addition to the centric and off-center position, the tube combination can also be mounted in the corner. The tried and tested K&M locking screw and the robust spring-loaded bolt are used for fixing. Accessories Carrying case for distance rods L 24609 Carrying case for base plate L 24627 Additional weight for base plates 26709 Page 305 305 295 319
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · LIGHTING STANDS LIGHTING/SPEAKER STAND LEVELING LEG FOR LIGHTING/ SPEAKER STAND WIND-UP STAND »3000« 24615 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction STARLINE 7.9 kg aluminum 1,733 x 202 x 150 mm from 1,755 to 3,000 mm tube legs with double cross braces Rod combination 2-piece folding design 24618 Weight Material Height Diameter Suitable for tubing diameter of Fits Special Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special hand crank with push- button system and locking screw diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars 1,550 mm 35 kg 3 steel extension tube; push-button system and hand crank avoid uncontrolled reverse motion; locking screw provides additional safety; zinc die-cast connecting parts Order No. black 24615-000-55 Accessories Crossbar 213/9 Crossbar 21393 Leveling leg for lighting/speaker stand 24618 Page 324 324 320 Order No. black 24618-000-55 Optional leveling leg Innova- tive crank mechanism; without cables - completely maintenance- free Load-bearing capacity: 35 kg 320 STARLINE 1.05 kg steel 892 mm 40 mm 35 mm 24615 with the help of this adapter you can easily balance out uneven surfaces, stairs, steps or sloped surfaces of max. 200 mm; if the surface is even, you simply leave the adapter in the initial position on the speaker foot 24730 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction STARLINE 12.4 kg aluminum 1,390 x 200 x 165 mm from 1,405 to 3,000 mm tube legs with double cross braces Rod combination 3-piece folding design Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special hand crank with push- button system and locking screw diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars 1,550 mm 40 kg 3 steel extension tubes; push-button system and hand crank avoid uncontrolled reverse motion; locking screw provides additional safety; zinc die-cast connecting parts Page 324 324 321 304 Allows a height adjustment of max. 200 mm Order No. black 24730-000-55 Accessories If the surface is even or for transport simply leave the adapter on the speaker foot Crossbar 213/9 Crossbar 21393 Leveling leg for Wind-up stand »3000« 24738 Carrying case for wind-up stand »3000« 24731 Innovative dual crank mechanism; without cables completely maintenance- free Crank can be removed Leveling leg for uneven surfaces (stairs, steps etc.) Height: from 1,405 to 3,000 mm
LEVELING LEG FOR WIND-UP STAND »3000« STARLINE 1.45 kg steel 854 mm 48 mm 42 mm 24730 with the help of this adapter you can easily balance out uneven surfaces, stairs, steps or sloped surfaces of max. 200 mm; if the surface is even, you simply leave the adapter in the initial position on the speaker foot 24738 Weight Material Height Diameter Suitable for tubing diameter of Fits Special Order No. black 24738-000-55 Allows a height adjustment of max. 200 mm If the surface is even or for transport simply leave the adapter on the speaker foot Leveling leg for uneven surfaces (stairs, steps etc.) 321
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · LIGHTING STANDS Innovative dual crank mechanism; Without cables; completely maintenance-free Crank can be removed Height: from 1,715 to 4,000 mm 322 WIND-UP STAND »4000« 24740 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Tube end(s) Base diameter Max. load capacity* Number of legs Special STARLINE 13.7 kg aluminum 1,695 x 200 x 165 mm from 1,715 to 4,000 mm tube legs with double cross braces 3-piece folding design hand crank with push-button system and locking screw diameter 35 mm, integrated threaded bush M10 for cross- bars 2,000 mm 40 kg 3 steel extension tubes; push-button system and hand crank avoid uncontrolled reverse motion; locking screw provi- des additional safety; zinc die-cast connecting parts Order No. black 24740-000-55 The load is raised and lowered in a user-friendly, safe and reliable way via two separate crank gears. The integrated »Auto Lock« system pre- vents sudden lowering of the load by automatic locking. The crank can also be removed to prevent unauthorised use. Since no cables are used, the stand is completely maintenance-free. Accessories Crossbar 213/9 Crossbar 21393 Leveling leg for Wind-up stand »4000« 24748 Carrying case for Wind-up stand »4000« 24741 Page 324 324 323 304
LEVELING LEG FOR WIND-UP STAND »4000« 24748 Weight Material Height Diameter Suitable for tubing diameter of Fits Special Order No. black 24748-000-55 STARLINE 1.8 kg steel 1,001 mm 48 mm 42 mm 24740 with the help of this adapter you can easily balance out uneven surfaces, stairs, steps or sloped surfaces of max. 200 mm; if the surface is even, you simply leave the adapter in the initial position on the spea- ker foot Allows a height adjustment of max. 200 mm If the surface is even or for transport simply leave the adapter on the speaker foot Leveling leg for uneven surfaces (stairs, steps etc.) 323
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · LIGHTING STANDS ACCESSORIES CROSSBAR 213/9 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Max. load capacity Takes up to Fits Special Order No. black 21390-000-55 2.14 kg steel 1,260 x 40 x 20 mm M10 thread 25 kg 10 spot lights 24615, 24630, 24640, 24730, 24740 M10 x 40 mm bolt and washer included Accessories Screw fitting set 21394 Page 324 CROSSBAR 21393 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Max. load capacity Takes up to Fits Special Order No. black 21393-070-55 2.92 kg steel 1,455 x 40 x 20 mm tube diameter 35 mm 25 kg 10 spot lights 24615, 24630, 24730, 24740 secured by locking screw; 4 screw fittings included CROSSBAR 24622 Weight Material Dimensions diameter Suitable for Max. load capacity Takes up to Fits Special Order No. black anodized 24622-000-35 0.65 kg aluminum 36 x 1,230 mm tube diameter 35 mm 25 kg 8 spot lights 24625, 24630 secured by locking screw Accessories Screw fitting set 24621 Page 324 Accessories Screw fitting set 21394 Page 324 CROSSBAR/SIDE CROSSBAR NEW SCREW FITTING SET SCREW FITTING SET 0.9 kg aluminum 35 x 590 mm tube diameter 35 mm 4 spot lights 10 kg 25 kg 24630 2 screw fittings included 21394 Weight Dimensions diameter Quantity Fits Special Order No. black (unit: 4 pcs.) 21394-000-55 0.36 kg 50 x 45 mm 4 screw fittings 213/9, 21393 for crossbars 0.3 kg 54 x 51 mm 4 screw fittings 24620, 24622 24621 Weight Dimensions diameter Quantity Fits Order No. black (unit: 4 pcs.) 24621-000-55 24637 Weight Material Dimensions diameter Suitable for Takes up to Max. load capacity Max. load capacity* Fits Special Order No. black 24637-025-55 324
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · LIGHTING STANDS ACCESSORIES MINI TV SPIGOT MINI TV SPIGOT 24516 Weight Material Length Diameter 0.02 kg aluminum 46.5 mm 16 mm 24517 Weight Material Length Diameter 0.02 kg aluminum 29.5 mm 16 mm TV SPIGOT 24518 Weight Material Length Diameter Threaded connector male thread Threaded connector 3/8 Threaded connector M10 x 17 mm Fits 66370 0.48 kg steel 215 mm 35 mm female thread M10 x 35 mm Order No. 24516-000-00 Order No. 24517-300-00 Order No. zinc-plated 24518-000-29 TV SPIGOT 24519 Weight Material Length Diameter Threaded connector Order No. zinc-plated 24519-000-29 0.48 kg steel 115 mm 28 mm female thread M10 x 34 mm MINI TV SPIGOT ADAPTER 66370 Weight Material Diameter Height 0.14 kg aluminum 35 mm 52 mm Threaded connector male thread M10 x 20 mm Page 325 Order No. black 66370-000-55 Accessories Mini TV spigot 24517 For mounting equipment with 16 mm or 5/8“ spigot connection onto a lighting stand 325
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · LIGHTING STANDS ACCESSORIES REDUCER FLANGE CONNECTION SLEEVE CONNECTION SLEEVE 66350 Weight Material Length Diameter Suitable for tubing diameter of 0.66 kg steel 249 mm 40 mm 35 mm Threaded connector M10 to slip on stand for TV spigot diameter 28 mm; with threaded bolt M10 x 20 mm; T-bar locking screw Function Special Order No. black 66350-070-55 0.7 kg steel 249 mm 40 mm 35 mm to slip on stand for TV spigot diameter 28 mm; for lighting crossbars and individual spotlights 66360 Weight Material Length Diameter Suitable for tubing diameter of Function Special Order No. black 66360-000-55 24521 Weight Material Length Diameter 0.52 kg steel 100 mm 40 mm Suitable for tubing diameter of Function Special 35 mm to slip on stand secured by locking screw Order No. black, M10 x 12 mm 24521-000-55 black, M8 x 18 mm 24521-070-55 black, bolt diameter 25 mm 24521-250-55 black, 3/8“ x 12 mm 24521-300-55 black 24521-800-55 REDUCER FLANGE 24528 Weight Material Length Diameter Suitable for tubing diameter of 0.46 kg steel 100 mm 40 mm 35 mm Threaded connector M10 Function Special to slip on stand secured by locking screw Order No. black 24528-000-55 326
SPEAKER, LIGHTING, MONITOR STANDS AND HOLDERS · LIGHTING STANDS ACCESSORIES TV SPIGOT ADAPTER BUNDLE FLOOR STAND FOR SPOT LIGHTS FLOOR STAND FOR SPOT LIGHTS 66390 Weight Material Consisting of Order No. black / zinc-plated 66390-000-55 1.3 kg aluminum, steel 66350 Connection sleeve, 24519 TV spigot, 66370 Mini TV spigot adapter and 24516 Mini TV spigot 17720 Weight Material Height Base diameter Special Order No. black 17720-000-55 0.7 kg steel 68 mm 352 mm with mini TV mount 17725 Weight Material Height Base diameter Special Order No. black 17725-000-55 0.7 kg steel 50 mm 352 mm with threaded bolt M10 With mini TV mount With threaded bolt M10 327
Multimedia Equipment The growing market for digital media products is crea- ting an ever-increasing demand for mounts and stands for a wide variety of applications. For example, screens of all sizes and designs need to be hung from the ceiling in a retail store, mounted on the wall in a studio, or presented on a stand at an event. Whether it’s for DJs, recording or broadcasting – König & Meyer offers flexible mounts and stands in distinctive design and high-quality workmanship for almost every application. 329
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS LECTERN »OVATION PRO« PROMOTIONAL BOARD (EXCL. LOGO) PROTECTIVE COVER FOR LECTERN 1.8 kg aluminum 480 x 230 mm 12386 quick mounting and removal with two lo- cking screws, no tools required optional: foil lettering to customer specifications 12387 Weight Material 3.0 kg nylon Handle or carrying type handle and shoulder straps zip fastener 12386 foamed cover Fastener Fits Special Order No. 12387-000-00 15.2 kg stand aluminum, wooden desk with aluminum finish 1,186 x 255 x 620 mm 1,290 mm 850 x 670 mm 620 x 462 mm two 3-pin XLR micro- phone sockets acoustic insulation (shock-mount plates effectively absorb shock and vibrations) 12383 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special Order No. silver 12383-020-81 12386 Weight Material Size when folded Height Base dimensions Sloping desktop Connection Special Order No. silver 12386-020-81 Accessories Page Promotional board (excl. Logo) 12383 330 Protective cover for lectern 12387 330 330
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS DESKTOP SMARTPHONE STAND SMARTPHONE STAND UNIVERSAL TABLE-TOP STAND 19756 Weight Material Height Width Base dimensions Leg construction Special Order No. black 19756-000-55 19759 Weight Material Height Stand Rod combination Height Width Base diameter Leg construction Special 0.62 kg plastic, steel 200 mm from 55 to 85 mm 148 x 144 mm flat steel plate particularly suitable for smartphones, flat de- vices and MP3 players; operating elements are not impaired in their function; freely rotates 360°; flexible holding arm for individual alignment 1.1 kg plastic, steel from 600 to 1,400 mm 3-piece folding design 200 mm from 55 to 85 mm 700 mm U-profile legs with cross braces particularly suitable for smartphones, flat de- vices and MP3 players; operating elements are not impaired in their function; freely rotates 360°; flexible holding arm for individual alignment Order No. black 19759-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 10012 Page 63 1.3 kg steel stand, aluminum desk 240 mm 350 x 273 mm U-profile legs snap into socket prismatic »V-block« connector 4 kg suitable for notebooks, multimedia equipment, books, sheet music, etc.; 4 rubber knobs included 12140 Weight Material Height Bearing plate Leg construction Connection stand/ plate Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 12140-000-55 Freely rotates 360° Flexible ball joint Quick-release button on the back Max. height: 1,400 mm Flexible holding arm for individual alignment Prismatic »V-block« Connector 331
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS LAPTOP STAND 12195 Weight Material Size when folded Height Laptop rest Adjustment Max. load capacity Special Order No. gray 12195-000-87 Accessories XL Stop pins for laptop stand 12189 Carrying case 12199 2.9 kg aluminum, steel 303 x 284 x 65 mm from 65 to 265 mm 250 x 303 mm toothed joint with wing nut 8 kg individually adjustable stop pins; non-slip rubber pads are included Page 334 334 332
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS LAPTOP STAND 12190 Weight Material Size when folded Dimensions Laptop rest Adjustment Max. load capacity Special Order No. structured black 12190-024-56 1.75 kg steel tube, aluminum plates 330 x 304 x 66 mm 261 x 304 x 320 mm 264 x 304 mm toothed joint with wing nut 8 kg individually adjustable stop pins; non-slip rubber pads are included This foldable and space-saving laptop stand is a must-have for every mobile DJ and musician. Due to its functionality and versatility, it can be assembled and disassembled very easily. The robust steel tube construction in combination with the attractive aluminium foot and support plate ensures excellent stability despite its low weight. Individually adjustable stop pins with rubber caps allow the use of all common laptop models, mixers, CD players, etc. The horizontal height is 320 mm and can be inclined in 3 steps. Non-slip rubber pads are included in the delivery. Accessories XL Stop pins for laptop stand 12189 Carrying case 12199 Page 334 334 333 Assembled and disassembled very easily
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS CLAMPING LAPTOP STAND XL STOP PINS FOR LAPTOP STAND CARRYING CASE 0.05 kg steel 30 mm 12190, 12195, 12196 12189 Weight Material Length Fits Order No. black 12189-000-55 0.25 kg nylon 330 x 305 x 66 mm handle zip fastener 12190, 12195 12199 Weight Material Dimensions Handle or carrying type Fastener Fits Order No. 12199-000-00 12196 Weight Material Height Angle of inclination Laptop rest Clamping range Adjustment Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 12196-000-55 Accessories XL Stop pins for laptop stand 12189 2.74 kg aluminum, steel from 245 to 410 mm -90° to 118° 284 x 303 mm 10 to 58 mm toothed joint with wing nut 8 kg individually adjustable stop pins; non-slip rubber pads are included Page 334 XL stop pins (30 mm) suited for König & Meyer laptop stands Laptop stand with table clamp for the mobile DJ and musician 334
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS 1.12 kg steel 245 x 195 mm 12151, 12155, 12185 Mouse pad included LAPTOP STAND LAPTOP STAND NEW MOUSE REST 12155 Weight Material Height Laptop rest Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Adjustment Base diameter Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 12155-000-55 3.18 kg steel, plastic base from 790 to 1,300 mm 400 x 290 mm socket with foldable legs 2-piece folding design prismatic »V-block« connector continuous 700 mm 5 kg 4 rubber knobs included 12151 Weight Material Height Laptop rest Leg construction 3.5 kg steel from 763 to 1,245 mm 400 x 290 mm tube legs with cross braces Rod combination 2-piece folding design Connection stand/ plate Adjustment Base diameter Max. load capacity Special screw connection continuous 730 mm 10 kg 4 rubber knobs included 12152 Weight Material Mouse rest Fits Special Order No. black 12152-000-55 Order No. black 12151-000-55 Accessories Carrying case 11450 Mouse rest 12152 Page 63 335 Accessories Carrying case 11450 Mouse rest 12152 Page 63 335 Folds compactly 335
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS LAPTOP STAND 12150 Weight Material Height Laptop rest Mouse rest Leg construction 4.45 kg steel from 763 to 1,245 mm 400 x 290 mm 245 x 195 mm tube legs with cross braces Rod combination 2-piece folding design Connection stand/ plate Adjustment Base diameter Max. load capacity Special screw connection continuous 730 mm 10 kg mouse pad and 4 rubber knobs included Order No. black 12150-021-55 Accessories Carrying case 11450 Page 63 Screw-on mouse rest 336
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS LAPTOP STAND 12185 Weight Material Height Laptop rest Leg construction Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Adjustment Base diameter Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 12185-000-55 3.9 kg steel from 700 to 1,250 mm 479 x 312 mm tube legs with cross braces 2-piece folding design screw connection continuous 750 mm 10 kg 4 adjustable clamping bolts with rubber caps included The laptop stand offers stability and safety. The generously sized tray provides space for all common laptops. Thanks to the adjustable clamping bolts with rubber caps, the laptop is protected and can be secured safely on the stand. To secure the laptop, the clamping bolts are pressed on the laptop using wing nuts. An additional hole allows convenient cable management. The height of the stand can be adjusted variably. For transport the tray can be removed easily without the use of tools. The robust tripod legs quickly collapse together into a compact and easy to carry package. Accessories Mouse rest 12152 Page 335 337
LAPTOP DESK NEW 13.5 kg steel stand, tabletop MDF legs constructed from steel profile tubes with four swivel castors with brakes from 770 to 1130 mm continuous 695 x 520 mm 0° to 90° 8 kg locking castors; height adjustment using foot pedal 12186 Weight Material Leg construction Height Height adjustment Laptop rest Angle of inclination Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 12186-000-55 Flexible, ergonomic, and mobile - this high- quality laptop desk has it all. The stepless height adjustment reaches heights from 770 to 1,130 mm and is conveniently operated by foot pedal. The large MDF shelf, measuring 695 x 520 mm, can be adjusted from horizontal to 90°. Four large lockable castors ensure practical mobility and a secure standing position. This all-rounder is ideal for use in the studio, at home, or on and off stage. MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS 338
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS TRAY 12162 Weight Material Angle of inclination Bearing plate Rod combination Connection stand/ plate Adjustment Max. load capacity Fits Special Order No. black 12162-000-55 2.5 kg steel 0° to 32° 400 x 290 mm 2-piece folding design screw connection tilt gradual in 8 settings 7 kg 12160 adjustable in height and inclination DJ DESK 12160 Weight Material Height Bearing plate Connection stand/ plate Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 12160-000-55 Accessories Tray 12162 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 12.2 kg steel stand, tabletop MDF from 605 to 1,055 mm 1,100 x 455 mm quick-release lock spring-loaded clamping knob 30 kg adjustable end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces; flat and user-friendly package Page 339 183 Second level for additional equipment on the DJ table 12160 Flat and user-friendly package Adjustable end cap included 339
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS Expandable with many K&M trays DJ DESK 12170 Weight Material Size when folded Height Bearing plate Connection stand/ plate Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 12170-000-55 22.8 kg steel stand, tabletop MDF 1,170 x 600 x 201 mm from 625 to 1,045 mm 1,170 x 600 mm screw connection spring-loaded clamping knob 30 kg levelling end cap to stabilize the stand on uneven surfaces; flat and user-friendly package Large folding event table for the professional DJ and many other uses. The 1,170 long and 600 mm wide tabletop offers plenty of space for all kinds of equipment and accessories. With a thickness of 25 mm, the MDF top can bear a load of up to 30 kg. The perfect working height is adjusted in 15 mm steps between 625 and 1,045 mm. For transport or space-saving storage, the two feet are folded in without further ado. The sturdy tubular steel construction and the large round levelling end caps give the practical table a very high level of stability and a secure stand. Levelling end caps Accessories Cable clamp for »Omega« 18809 Trolley for Keyboard Stands 18806 Page 167 183 340
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS SMARTPHONE/TABLET PC TABLE STAND TABLET PC TABLE STAND 0.98 kg plastic, steel 0° to 150° from 130 to 224 mm continuous 360° rotates freely 360° 19800 Weight Material Angle of inclination Width Adjustment Swivel Special Order No. black 19800-000-55 19797 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination Adjustment Special Order No. black 19797-000-55 1.28 kg plastic, steel from 102 to 189 mm from 163 to 242 mm from 6 to 11 mm 0° to 90° continuous freely rotates 90° 341
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS Can be adjusted variably to accommo- date different tablet sizes and switches between portrait and landscape positions 342 TABLET PC TABLE STAND 1.3 kg plastic, steel from 128 to 232 mm from 222 to 334 mm from 6 to 11 mm 0° to 90° continuous freely rotates 90° 19792 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination Adjustment Special Order No. black 19792-016-55 The individually adjustable support arms can accommodate the use of tablets ranging in height from 128 to 232 mm and width from 222 to 334 mm (for example iPad, iPad Air, iPad Pro, Amazon Fire HDX 8.9, Samsung Galaxy Tab from 9.7, Google Nexus 9, Asus Transfor- mer or Microsoft Surface as well as Surface Pro). The depth of the tablets can vary between 6 and 11 mm. For the first use of the tablet holder the support arms settings are made by adjus- ting the clamp screws to the size and depth of the tablet. For other uses the tablet can be attached and detached quickly and simply through a snap lock. The holder will hold the tablet safe and secure. A handy wing nut allows one to adjust the angle, so that each user will easily be able to find their ideal indivi- dual position. The tablet can switch between portrait and landscape positions. The tablet is kept in place, there is no danger of the tablet switching position by itself.
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS UNIVERSAL STAND NEW UNIVERSAL STAND TABLET PC STAND »BIOBASED« 19786 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment 0.9 kg steel 570 mm from 630 to 1450 mm U-profile legs with cross braces 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws 19788 Weight Material Size when folded Height Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment 1.4 kg steel 570 x 85 x 75 mm from 620 to 1,470 mm socket with foldable legs 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws 19767 Weight Material Height Depth Angle of inclination Height Stand Leg construction Adjustment 1.8 kg Bio-based plastic, steel from 155 to 307 mm 18 mm 0° to 90° from 860 to 1,570 mm U-profile legs snap into socket continuous Threaded connector 3/8 Threaded connector 3/8 Rod combination 2-piece folding design Base diameter Special 690 mm folds very small Base diameter Special 550 mm plastic base; folds very small Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 19786-300-55 Order No. black 19788-300-55 clutch 1 kg also suitable for tablets in cases or protective covers; not rotatable Order No. black 19767-000-55 For tablets ranging in size from approx. 10” to 16” in horizontal - and approx. 7” to 13” in vertical position 343
3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws 1 kg also suitable for tablets in cases or protective covers; freely rotates 90° Order No. black 19775-300-55 Accessories Carrying case 14102 Page 100 MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS TABLET PC STAND TABLET PC STAND TABLET PC STAND »BIOBASED« 19798 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination Height Stand Leg construction 1.58 kg plastic, steel from 102 to 189 mm from 163 to 242 mm from 6 to 11 mm 0° to 90° from 700 to 1,550 mm socket with foldable legs 19793 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination Height Stand Leg construction 1.6 kg plastic, steel from 128 to 232 mm from 222 to 334 mm from 6 to 11 mm 0° to 90° from 700 to 1,550 mm socket with foldable legs 19775 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination Height Stand Leg construction 1.8 kg Bio-based plastic, steel from 158 to 280 mm from 150 to 430 mm 18 mm 0° to 90° from 640 to 1,490 mm socket with foldable legs Adjustment continuous Adjustment continuous Adjustment continuous Rod combination Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws 1 kg freely rotates 90° Rod combination Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special 3-piece folding design non-scratching locking screws 1 kg freely rotates 90° Rod combination Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 19798-300-55 Order No. black 19793-316-55 Accessories Carrying case 14102 Page 100 Accessories Carrying case 14102 Page 100 Can be adjusted variably to accom- modate different tablet sizes and switches between portrait and land- scape positions Can be adjusted variably to accom- modate different tablet sizes and switches between portrait and land- scape positions 344
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS TABLET PC STAND PRO »BIOBASED« TABLET PC STAND WITH BOOM ARM »BIOBASED« 19778 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination Height Stand Leg construction 2.48 kg Bio-based plastic, steel from 158 to 280 mm from 150 to 430 mm 18 mm 90° from 890 to 1,550 mm tube legs with cross braces 19789 Weight Material Height Depth Angle of inclination Height Stand Leg construction Base diameter Adjustment 5.8 kg Bio-based plastic, steel from 155 to 307 mm 18 mm 220° from 700 to 1520 mm round cast-iron base 300 mm continuous Adjustment continuous Rod combination 2-piece folding design Rod combination 2-piece folding design Height adjustment Max. load capacity Special clamping element with locking screw 1 kg also suitable for tablets in cases or protective covers; freely rotates 90° Height adjustment Boom arm length Boom arm clutch 260 mm one-piece design Boom arm clamping wing nut Max. load capacity Special 1 kg also suitable for tablets in cases or protective covers Order No. black 19778-000-55 Order No. black 19789-000-55 Also suitable for tablets in cases or protective covers For tablets ran- ging in size from approx. 10” to 16” in horizontal - and approx. 7” to 13” in vertical position 345
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS 346 CONFIDENCE MONITOR STAND NEW 14.83 kg steel from 572 to 822 mm 900 x 500 mm legs constructed from steel profile tubes with four swivel castors with brakes 2-piece folding design spring-loaded clamping knob gradual in 11 settings flat screens from 42 to 65 100 kg large castors (diameter 75 mm) and integrated brake 26787 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Height adjustment Adjustment Suitable for Max. load capacity Special Order No. structured black 26787-000-56 Mobile use with high stability and convenient operation are the special features of this impres- sive TV monitor stand. The universal mount allows mounting in accordance with the VESA standard for flat TV screens from 42" to 65". Two rails are screwed onto the back of the screen and then simply hooked onto the stand. Height adjustment between 572 and 822 mm is carried out in steps using an ergonomic locking screw. The tilt can also be adjusted in steps of up to 70°, ensuring an optimum viewing angle at all times. Thanks to the large castors with diameter 75 mm and integrated brake, the stand is extremely mobile and can therefore be positioned quickly and easily. Accessories Cable organiser for confidence monitor stand 26788 Page 347
CABLE ORGANISER FOR CONFIDENCE MONITOR STAND NEW 0.5 kg steel 437 x 100 x 60 mm 26787 with side openings for convenient cable routing 26788 Weight Material Dimensions Fits Special Order No. structured black 26788-000-56 347
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · STANDS Easy to set up - hooking in system for screens 348 SCREEN/MONITOR STAND 22.5 kg steel from 1,058 to 1,608 mm 550 x 550 mm flat steel plate 2-piece folding design flat screens from 24 to 46 spring-loaded clamping knob VESA MIS-D 100 (100x100) - ground plate, VESA MIS-E 200 (200x100) - ground plate, VESA MIS-E 200 (100x200) - with adapter bars, VESA MIS-F 200 (200x200) - with adapter bars, VESA MIS-F - with universal bracket: 250 to 600 mm horizontal150 to 400 mm vertical internal cable routing possible; installation material (M4/M6/M8) and assembly tools included 26782 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Suitable for Height adjustment Mounting device Special Order No. structured black 26782-019-56 Modern screen stand with a flat steel base. The supplied mounting accessories allow VESA standard mounting for flat screens from 24" to 46". In the large dimensioned tube combination, cables are accommodated in a space-saving and organized manner. Height adjustment is made in steps using an ergono- mic spring-loaded clamping knob.
SCREEN/MONITOR STAND 17.7 kg steel from 1,100 to 1,650 mm 900 x 500 mm legs constructed from steel profile tubes with adjustable leveling feet ensure that the setup does not rock 2-piece folding design flat screens from 42 to 65 spring-loaded clam- ping knob VESA MIS-F - with universal bracket: 300 to 800 mm horizontal, 200 to 500 mm vertical, VESA MIS-F 200 (200x200) - with adapter bars internal cable routing possible; installation material (M6/M8) and assembly tools included 26783 Weight Material Height Base dimensions Leg construction Rod combination Suitable for Height adjustment Mounting device Special Order No. structured black 26783-019-56 349
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · WALL MOUNTS MONITOR WALL MOUNT 1.78 kg aluminum -90° to 85° 167 mm flat screens up to 32 pneumatic spring attaches to walls 180° 4 mount holes VESA 75/100 8 kg continuously hight adjustment of 350 mm; internal cable routing possible 23870 Weight Material Angle of inclination Wall plate Suitable for Height adjustment Mounting Swivel Mounting device Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 23870-000-55 Accessories Laptop rest 23880 Page 360 For monitors up to a size of 32”; integrated gas spring 350
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · HOLDERS SMARTPHONE HOLDER SMARTPHONE HOLDER SMARTPHONE HOLDER 19762 Weight Material Width 0.11 kg plastic from 45 to 90 mm Threaded connector 3/8 Special particularly suitable for smartphones, flat devices and MP3 players; operating elements are not impaired in their function; freely rotates 360°; flexible holding arm for individual alignment 19753 Weight Material Width Height Angle of inclination 0.14 kg plastic, steel from 55 to 85 mm from 130 to 180 mm -30° to 30° Threaded connector 3/8 and 5/8 19761 Weight Material Width Screw-on to Special Special particularly suitable for smartphones, flat devices and MP3 players; operating elements are not impaired in their function; freely rotates 360° 0.21 kg plastic from 45 to 90 mm tube diameter 30 mm particularly suitable for smartphones, flat devices and MP3 players; operating elements are not impaired in their function; freely rotates 360°; flexible holding arm for individual alignment Order No. black 19762-300-55 Order No. black 19753-000-55 Order No. black 19761-000-55 Insert smartphone, press clamping jaws together, done Insert smartphone, press clamping jaws together, done Can be mounted on tubes with diameter of 10 to 30 mm The 3/8" or 5/8" thread allows the smartphone holder to be screwed onto any microphone stand, table stand Can be screwed onto any microphone stand (3/8” thread) Ball joint enables 360° rotation Also suitable for smartphones with a cover or case 351
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · HOLDERS SMARTPHONE HOLDER MAGNETIC HOLDER FOR TABLET PC SMARTPHONE/TABLET PC HOLDER 0.05 kg plastic, steel 46.5 x 44 x 27 mm noise-absorbing by small adhesive pads 19708 Weight Material Dimensions Special Order No. black 19708-000-55 0.23 kg plastic from 55 to 85 mm from 130 to 180 mm tube diameter 30 mm particularly suitable for smartphones, flat de- vices and MP3 players; operating elements are not impaired in their function; freely rotates 360°; flexible holding arm for individual alignment 0.58 kg plastic, steel from 130 to 224 mm up to 35 mm continuous 360° rotates freely 360°; can be adjusted indivi- dually in angle, height, and swivel range 19805 Weight Material Width Clamping range Adjustment Swivel Special Order No. black 19805-000-55 19755 Weight Material Width Height Screw-on to Special Order No. black 19755-000-55 With these four magnetic holders you can transform any orchestra music stand with a steel plate into a useful tablet PC stand Also suitable for smart- phones with a cover or case Quick-release button on the back Can be mounted on tubes with diameter of 10 to 30 mm 352
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · HOLDERS SMARTPHONE/TABLET PC HOLDER TABLET PC HOLDER »BIOBASED« TABLET PC HOLDER »BIOBASED« 0.3 kg aluminum, plastic from 120 to 245 mm 15 mm tube diameter 30 mm freely rotates 360°; flexible holding arm for individual alignment 19765 Weight Material Height Depth Angle of inclination Screw-on to Special 19764 Weight Material Width Depth Screw-on to Special Order No. black 19764-000-55 Order No. black 19765-000-55 0.58 kg Bio-based plastic, steel from 155 to 307 mm 18 mm 0° to 90° tube diameter 30 mm also suitable for tablets in cases or protective covers; can also be screwed on to 3/8” thread connectors; not rotatable 0.7 kg Bio-based plastic, steel from 158 to 280 mm from 150 to 430 mm 18 mm 0° to 90° tube diameter 30 mm also suitable for tablets in cases or protective covers; can also be screwed on to 3/8” thread connectors; freely rotates 90° 19743 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination Screw-on to Special Order No. black 19743-000-55 For tablets ranging in size from approx. 10” to 16” in horizontal - and approx. 7” to 13” in vertical position 353
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · HOLDERS Can be adjusted variably to accommodate different tablet sizes 354 TABLET PC HOLDER 19796 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination Screw-on to Special Order No. black 19796-000-55 0.58 kg plastic, steel from 102 to 189 mm from 163 to 242 mm from 6 to 11 mm 0° to 90° tube diameter 30 mm to be attached to tubes up to 30 mm diameter; alternatively: can be screwed on to 3/8” thread connectors; freely rotates 90° The individually adjustable support arms can accommodate the use of tablets ranging in width from 163 to 242 mm and a height from 102 to 189 mm (such as e.g. iPad mini, iPad Pro 9.7, Amazon Fire HDX 8.9, Google Nexus 9). The depth of the tablets can vary between 5 and 11 mm. For the first use of the tablet holder the support arm settings are made by adjusting the clamp screws to the size and depth of the tablet. For other uses the tablet can be attached and detached quickly and simply through a snap lock. A handy wing nut allows one to adjust the angle, so that each user will easily be able to find their ideal individual position. The tablet can switch between portrait and landscape positions. The tablet is kept in place, there is no danger of the tablet switching position by itself.
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · HOLDERS TABLET PC HOLDER 19791 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination Screw-on to Special Order No. black 19791-016-55 0.6 kg plastic, steel from 128 to 232 mm from 222 to 334 mm from 6 to 11 mm 0° to 90° tube diameter 30 mm to be attached to tubes up to 30 mm diameter; alternatively: can be screwed on to 3/8” thread connectors; freely rotates 90° TABLET PC STAND HOLDER »BIOBASED« TABLET PC STAND HOLDER »BIOBASED« 19766 Weight Material Height Depth Angle of inclination Suitable for Special 0.33 kg Bio-based plastic from 155 to 307 mm 18 mm 0° to 90° 19744 Weight Material Height Width Depth 3/8 and 5/8 thread Angle of inclination also suitable for tablets in cases or protective covers; not rotatable Suitable for Special 0.41 kg Bio-based plastic from 158 to 280 mm from 150 to 430 mm 18 mm 0° to 90° 3/8 and 5/8 thread also suitable for tablets in cases or protective covers; freely rotates 90° Order No. black 19766-000-55 Order No. black 19744-000-55 Can be adjusted variably to accommodate different tablet sizes For tablets ranging in size from approx. 10” to 16” in horizontal - and approx. 7” to 13” in vertical position 355
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · HOLDERS TABLET PC STAND HOLDER TABLET PC STAND HOLDER TABLET PC HOLDER BUNDLE 19795 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination Suitable for Special Order No. black 3/8" 19795-300-55 0.25 kg plastic from 102 to 189 mm from 163 to 242 mm from 6 to 11 mm 0° to 90° 19790 Weight Material Height Width Depth Angle of inclination 0.27 kg plastic from 128 to 232 mm from 222 to 334 mm from 6 to 11 mm 0° to 90° 3/8 thread Suitable for 3/8 thread to be screwed on to 3/8 threaded bolts; freely rotates 90° Fits Special 18807, 18817, 18873, 18944 to be screwed on to 3/8 threaded bolts; freely rotates 90° Order No. black 3/8" 19790-316-55 23874 Weight Material 3.3 kg Monitor mount alumi- num, Tablet PC stand holder Bio-based plastic Angle of inclination Clamping range Height adjustment -90° to 85° up to 85 mm pneumatic spring Swivel Max. load capacity Special 180° 8 kg also suitable for tablets in cases or protective covers; tablet size ~10-16; freely rotates 360°; continuously height adjustment of 200 + 350 mm; internal cable routing possible Order No. black 23874-000-55 Can be rotated between portrait and landscape format Clamping range Tablet PC holder: 158 – 280 mm Can be adjusted variably to accommodate different tablet sizes 356
LAPTOP MOUNT NEW ADAPTER FOR SCREENS 23876 Weight Material Angle of inclination Suitable for Clamping range Height adjustment 2.54 kg Monitor mount alumi- num, Laptop rest steel -85° to 90° flat screens up to 32 60 mm pneumatic spring 19685 Weight Material Bearing plate Suitable for Swivel Mounting device Swivel 180° Max. load capacity 4 mount holes VESA 75/100 9 kg laptop size ~10-17; freely rotates 360°; continuously height adjustment of 150 - 390 mm; internal cable routing possible Fits Special Order No. black 19685-300-55 Mounting device Max. load capacity Special Order No. black 23876-000-55 0.62 kg steel 115 x 115 mm 3/8 thread 250° 4 mount holes VESA 75/100 7 kg 18807, 18817, 18873, 18944 prismatic »V-block« connector; T-bar locking screw nut; attaches to mic stands MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · HOLDERS ADAPTER 19610 Weight Material 0.9 kg steel Angle of inclination Suitable for Function Max. load capacity Special -30° to 60° tube diameter 35 mm to slip on stand 25 kg tiltable Order No. black 19610-000-55 Accessories Page Adapter panel 1 24352 Adapter panel 2 24354 Adapter panel 3 24356 Adapter panel 4 24357 Adapter panel 5 24358 Adapter panel 6 24359 Adapter plate VESA MIS-D 75/100 19615 Adapter plate VESA MIS-E 200 19616 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 200x200 19617 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 400x400 19618 315 315 315 315 315 315 359 359 359 359 For mounting a wide variety of screens on speaker stands 357
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · HOLDERS ADAPTER 19611 Weight Material Height Spacing of holes Suitable for Function Max. load capacity Order No. black 19611-000-55 0.5 kg steel 207 mm 70 mm tube diameter 35 mm to slip on stand 25 kg Accessories Page Adapter panel 1 24352 Adapter panel 2 24354 Adapter panel 3 24356 Adapter panel 4 24357 Adapter panel 5 24358 Adapter panel 6 24359 Adapter plate VESA MIS-D 75/100 19615 Adapter plate VESA MIS-E 200 19616 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 200x200 19617 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 400x400 19618 315 315 315 315 315 315 359 359 359 359 For mounting a wide variety of screens on speaker stands 358
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · HOLDERS ADAPTER PLATE VESA MIS-D 75/100 ADAPTER PLATE VESA MIS-E 200 ADAPTER PLATE VESA MIS-F 200X200 19615 Weight Material Bearing plate Fits Special Order No. black 19615-000-55 0.35 kg steel 115 x 115 mm 19610, 19611, 19780, 24471, 24472, 24481, 24496 mounting temp- lates: VESA MIS-D 75/100 mm 19616 Weight Material Bearing plate Fits Special Order No. black 19616-000-55 0.62 kg steel 215 x 115 mm 19610, 19611, 19780, 24471, 24472, 24481, 24496 mounting template: VESA MIS-E 200 mm 19617 Weight Material Bearing plate Fits Special Order No. black 19617-000-55 0.75 kg steel 220 x 220 mm 19610, 19611, 19780, 24471, 24472, 24481, 24496 mounting template: VESA MIS-F 200 x 200 mm ADAPTER PLATE VESA MIS-F 400X400 1.2 kg steel 420 x 420 mm 19610, 19611, 19780, 24471, 24472, 24481, 24496 mounting template: VESA MIS-F 400 x 400 mm and VESA MIS-F 200 x 200 mm 19618 Weight Material Bearing plate Fits Special Order No. black 19618-000-55 Adapter plate according to VESA MIS-F 400 x 400 mm for wall and ceiling mounts 359
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · HOLDERS LAPTOP REST ADAPTER FOR MONITOR MOUNT MONITOR MOUNT 0.86 kg steel 320 x 240 mm 8 kg 23870, 23873, 23875, 23878 mounting material included 23880 Weight Material Laptop rest Max. load capacity Fits Special Order No. black 23880-000-55 23881 Weight Material Dimensions 0.1 kg steel 53 x 34 x 30 mm Threaded connector 3/8 Fits Special 23873, 23875, 23878 Allen key SW5 included 23873 Weight Material 2.84 kg aluminum Angle of inclination Suitable for Clamping range Height adjustment -90° to 85° flat screens up to 32 up to 85 mm pneumatic spring Swivel 180° Order No. black 23881-300-55 Mounting device Max. load capacity Special 4 mount holes VESA 75/100 8 kg continuously hight adjustment of 200 + 350 mm; internal cable routing possible Order No. black 23873-000-55 Accessories Page Laptop rest 23880 360 Adapter for monitor mount 23881 360 Adapter to attach tablet holders onto monitor mounts 23873, 23875 and 23878 For monitors up to a size of 32”; integrated gas spring Laptop rest suitable for various monitor mounts 360
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT · HOLDERS DUAL MONITOR MOUNT TRIPLE MONITOR MOUNT 23875 Weight Material 4.51 kg aluminum 23878 Weight Material 4.96 kg aluminum Angle of inclination Suitable for Clamping range Height adjustment -90° to 85° flat screens up to 32 up to 85 mm pneumatic spring Angle of inclination Suitable for Clamping range Height adjustment -90° to 85° flat screens up to 24 up to 85 mm pneumatic spring Swivel 180° Swivel 180° Mounting device Max. load capacity Special 4 mount holes VESA 75/100 8 kg continuously hight adjustment of 200 + 350 mm; internal cable routing possible Mounting device Max. load capacity Special 4 mount holes VESA 75/100 8 kg continuously hight adjustment of 160 + 350 mm; internal cable routing possible Order No. black 23875-000-55 Order No. black 23878-000-55 Accessories Page Accessories Page Laptop rest 23880 360 Adapter for monitor mount 23881 360 Laptop rest 23880 360 Adapter for monitor mount 23881 360 For two monitors up to a size of 32”; integrated gas spring For three monitors up to a size of 24”; integrated gas spring 361
Shop fittings The brand-appropriate presentation and visual merchan- dising of products in retail stores or showrooms plays an enormous role in the purchase decision today. The wide range of König & Meyer instrument holders, in combina- tion with the professional SPACEWALL store fitting sys- tem, offer a perfect solution for your presentation space: clearly organized, high quality and clean. The flexible SPACEWALL slat walls can be easily adapted to any store in almost any desired grain or color. This way, the design fits perfectly into their visual concept – no matter if it’s a boutique or a megastore. 363
SHOP FITTINGS · SHOP FITTINGS 364 SPACEWALL® SLAT WALL 44000 Order No. 44000-000-00 With SpaceWall® slat walls you can stylishly design the product presentation thus benefiting from the versatility of this system through user- selectable product displays. The product holders, that are available from us for Euro hole packa- ging or instruments, are precisely tailored to the SpaceWall® slat wall system. You can configure the SpaceWall® slat walls exactly to your needs. There are no limits to the height and width of the walls, so you can fit them to any wall surface. In addition, you can choose from standard HMB/ melamine resin decors such as white, grey, brushed aluminium, black, walnut or fine concrete for the optical design or to slat wall a painted indi- vidually in the RAL/NCS colour of your choice or you have it primed ready for painting. The spacing of the slide-in profiles can be selected to match the products you have intended for the wall. The following distances are available: 76.3 mm, 101.8 mm, 152.6 mm, 203.5 mm, 244.2 mm, 305.3 mm. In addition, you can define an area on the top and base section of the slat wall to remain free of insertion profiles if you so wish. Further adaptations to your needs are possible on request. Our sales team will be happy to advise you!
SHOP FITTINGS · SHOP FITTINGS ADAPTER FOR PRODUCT HOLDER PRODUCT SUPPORT ARM PRODUCT HOLDER 44060 Weight Material Dimensions Special Order No. black 44060-000-55 0.06 kg plastic 101 x 84 x 18 mm it is easy to attach all SpaceWall® product support arms/holder to any regular wall (except for 44140, 44185 und 44186) 441/1 Weight Material Angle of inclination Support depth Support Special Order No. black 44110-000-55 0.57 kg steel 23° from 261 to 461 mm felt pads suitable for heavy products 44130 Weight Material Length Suitable for Order No. black 44130-000-55 0.18 kg steel 150 mm Euroslot hangers PRODUCT HOLDER 44135 Weight Material Length Suitable for Order No. black 44135-000-55 0.22 kg steel 280 mm Euroslot hangers TRAY 44155 Weight Material Dimensions Special Order No. black 44155-000-55 2.28 kg aluminum 585 x 302 mm stop with edge-protection PRODUCT HOLDER FOR GUITAR 44140 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Direction Special 0.44 kg steel 95 x 130 x 158 mm acoustic and electric guitars self-locking non-marring material forward-turned patented flexible hooking-in and clamping system suitable for asymmetric guitar necks Order No. black 44140-000-55 Patented flexible hooking-in and clamping system 365
SHOP FITTINGS · SHOP FITTINGS PRODUCT HOLDER FOR GUITAR PRODUCT HOLDER FOR GUITAR PRODUCT HOLDER FOR ELECTRIC GUITAR 0.3 kg steel 88 x 93 x 140 mm acoustic and electric guitars self-locking non-marring material forward-turned 44160 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Direction Order No. black 44160-000-55 0.48 kg steel acoustic and electric guitars self-locking non-marring material left or right turned 44170 Weight Material Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Direction Order No. black 44170-000-55 1.09 kg steel 690 x 220 x 165 mm electric guitars silicone cover in 8° settings 360° adjustable flexible support arms for neck and body 44185 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Instrument support Direction Special Order No. black 44185-000-55 PRODUCT HOLDER FOR ACOUSTIC GUITAR PRODUCT HOLDER FOR UKULELES PRODUCT HOLDER FOR VIOLIN 1.15 kg steel 690 x 220 x 215 mm acoustic guitars silicone cover in 8° settings 360° adjustable flexible support arms for neck and body 44186 Weight Material Dimensions Suitable for Instrument support Direction Special Order No. black 44186-000-55 0.19 kg steel 66 x 65 x 99 mm 38 mm ukulele fixed non-marring material forward-turned 44220 Weight Material Dimensions Support width Suitable for Yoke Instrument support Direction Order No. black 44220-000-55 44210 Weight Material Length Instrument support Special Order No. black 44210-000-55 0.15 kg plastic yoke, steel plate 125 mm flocked high quality flocking cover; with holder for bow 366
SHOP FITTINGS · SHOP FITTINGS PRODUCT HOLDER FOR VIOLIN 0.19 kg plastic yoke, steel plate 253 mm flocked high quality flocking cover; with holder for bow 44215 Weight Material Length Instrument support Special Order No. black 44215-000-55 PRODUCT HOLDER FOR SAXOPHONE 44240 Weight Material Instrument support Order No. black 44240-000-55 0.82 kg steel non-marring material PRODUCT HOLDER FOR TROMBONE 44250 Weight Material Instrument support Special Order No. black 44250-000-55 0.58 kg steel non-marring material adjustable support cone TRUMPET PEG CLARINET PEG CLARINET PEG 15214 Weight Material 0.2 kg plastic 202 mm felt pads Height Instrument support Threaded connector M5 Fits Special Order No. black 15214-017-55 12210, 44192 peg adapter 15281 included; rubber-covered peg top 17741 Weight Material Height 0.05 kg plastic 133 mm Eb and C clarinets felt-lined 12210, 44192 Suitable for Instrument support Threaded connector M5 Fits Order No. black 17741-017-55 Suitable for Threaded connector M5 Fits 0.1 kg plastic 179 mm A, Bb and G clarinets 12210, 44192 peg adapter 15281 included; with felt ring 15224 Weight Material Height Special Order No. black 15224-000-55 367
SHOP FITTINGS · SHOP FITTINGS FLUGELHORN PEG SOPRANO SAXOPHONE PEG ENGLISH HORN PEG 15244 Weight Material 0.2 kg plastic 242 mm felt pads Height Instrument support Threaded connector M5 Fits 15294 Weight Material 0.2 kg plastic 243 mm felt pads Height Instrument support Threaded connector M5 Fits 17731 Weight Material 0.07 kg plastic 160 mm felt-lined Height Instrument support Threaded connector M5 Fits 12210, 44192 12210, 44192 12210, 44192 peg adapter 15281 included; rubber-covered peg top Special incl. peg adapter 15281 Order No. black 15294-017-55 Order No. black 17731-017-55 Special Order No. black 15244-017-55 OBOE PEG 17738 Weight Material 0.08 kg plastic 150 mm Height Threaded connector M5 Fits 12210, 44192 RECORDER PEG RECORDER PEG 17782 Weight Material Height Suitable for 0.05 kg plastic peg with steel core 136.5 mm soprano and piccolo recorders 17786 Weight Material Height Suitable for 0.06 kg plastic peg with steel core 136.5 mm alto and tenor recorders Threaded connector M5 Peg diameter 9 mm 12210, 44192 Fits Order No. black 17786-005-55 Threaded connector M5 Peg diameter 7 mm 12210, 44192 Fits Order No. black 17782-005-55 Order No. black 17738-005-55 368
SHOP FITTINGS · SHOP FITTINGS PRODUCT HOLDER FOR CYMBAL PRODUCT HOLDER FOR HEADPHONE 0.36 kg steel 300 mm 10 mm 44380 Weight Material Length Diameter Order No. black 44380-000-55 0.22 kg steel 60 mm 100 mm rubber covered for up to 2 standard headphones and 4 In-Ear headphones 44195 Weight Material Support depth Support width Support Special Order No. black 44195-000-55 FLUTE PEG 17788 Weight Material Height Suitable for 0.06 kg plastic 130 mm Bass, Boehm and cross flutes Threaded connector M5 Peg diameter 18 mm 12210, 44192 Fits Order No. black 17788-005-55 PRODUCT HOLDER FOR HEADPHONE 44198 Weight Material Support depth Support width Order No. black 44198-000-55 0.14 kg steel 72 mm 36 mm 369
SHOP FITTINGS · SHOP FITTINGS PRODUCT HOLDER FOR MICROPHONE PRODUCT LABEL BUNDLE 44500 Weight Material Length 0.31 kg steel 140 mm Threaded connector 3/8 Special for microphones and other equipment with 3/8 threads 77977 Weight Material Dimensions Special Order No. black 44500-000-55 0.1 kg plastic 180 x 115 mm download of corresponding product specifications on our website; a set consisting of: 10 pieces plastic cover (transparent) and 2 meter elastic (black) Order No. 77977-000-00 UNIVERSAL HOLDER 0.3 kg steel 140 mm 44192 Weight Material Length Order No. black 44192-000-55 Download of corresponding product specifications on our website 370
SHOP FITTINGS · SHOP FITTINGS DEMARCATION STAND SET WITH DRAWSTRING NEW 26950 Weight Material Height Base diameter Leg construction Special 16.0 kg steel 900 mm 320 mm round base two stands with continuously extendable drawstring for distances of up to 3.5 m; fabric belt remains taut at all times - no sagging; base with rubber ring Order No. black 26950-000-55 The two demarcation stands with drawstring can be flexibly connected to each other to guide visitors in style or clearly demarcate sensitive areas. The drawstring can be extended conti- nuously up to 3.5 m, remaining taut at all times without sagging. The sturdy stands are 900 mm high and weigh 8 kg each. 371
INDEX Product Page Product Page 19 Rack shelf 19-Power box A-guitar stand A-guitar stand »Heli 2« A-guitar stand »Wave 10« Accordion stand Acoustic absorber with Velcro strip Adapter Adapter Adapter bolt Adapter for »Elvis Microphones« Adapter for »Spider Pro« Adapter for instrument pegs Adapter for monitor mount Adapter for product holder Adapter for screens Adapter panel 1 Adapter panel 2 Adapter panel 3 Adapter panel 4 Adapter panel 5 Adapter panel 6 Adapter plate VESA MIS-D 75/100 Adapter plate VESA MIS-E 200 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 200x200 Adapter plate VESA MIS-F 400x400 Adapter sleeve Adapter sleeve »Easy Lock« Adapter sleeve »Ring Lock« Additional weight for base plates Amp stand Backrest Backrest for »Gomezz« Baritone saxophone stand Baritone stand Base »FlexLight« Base plate Base plate L Base plate L (3 x M20) Base plate M Base plate M (3 x M20) Base plate S Base plate S (3 x M20) Basic support »Omega« Table stand Bass clarinet stand Bass saxophone stand Bass stool Bass trombone stand Bass trumpet/Flugelhorn stand Bassoon stand Bearing plate Boom arm Boom arm XL Bracket Cable clamp Cable clamp for »Omega« Cable hanger Cable holder Cable organiser for »Omega« Cable organiser for confidence monitor stand Can holder Carrier bag for round base 194 195 70 72 73 117 43 167, 171, 282, 283, 357, 358 167, 171, 282, 283, 357, 358 283 252 180 116 360 365 357 315 315 315 315 315 315 359 359 359 359 299 298 298 295 190 133 133 98 106 62 256, 293 294 295 294 294 293 293 164 102 98 138 105 111 99 282 221, 222, 223, 301 223 113 302 167 196 302 167 347 65 305 Carrying case Carrying case »Pro« Carrying case »Select« Carrying case for base plate L Carrying case for base plate M Carrying case for base plate S Carrying case for distance rods L Carrying case for distance rods M Carrying case for wind-up stand »3000« Carrying case for wind-up stand »4000« Castor set for »Guardian« Ceiling mount Cello stand Chair cart Chair connector Chair for Kettledrums and Conductor’s Chair for Percussion Chair leg extension Clamp bracket Clamping desktop monitor stand Clamping laptop stand Clarinet peg Clarinet stand Conductor podium Confidence monitor stand Connection sleeve Connector plate Contrabassoon stand Controller keyboard tray Controller keyboard tray XL Counter weight Cover for speaker wall mount Cover for wagon Crossbar Crossbar/Side crossbar Curtain for conductor podium Demarcation stand with drawstring Design monitor stand Design table microphone stand Desktop smartphone stand Dimmable LED light bulb Distance rod Distance rod »Easy Lock« Distance rod »Pro« Distance rod »Ring Lock« Distance rod with hand crank Distance rod with hand crank and »Ring Lock« DJ desk Double bass stand Double-seat piano bench Drink holder Drink holder »Biobased« Drum Tool Drummer‘s throne Drummer‘s throne »Gomezz« Drummer‘s throne »Nick« Drummer’s throne »Picco« Drummer’s throne »Piccolino« Drumstick holder Dual monitor mount Dulcimer stand 63, 95, 100, 106, 107, 132, 134, 141, 173, 174, 181, 247, 302, 304, 334 304 248, 303 305 305 305 305 305 304 304 79 245 93 139 139 138 138 139 277 277 334 367 100, 101, 102 46 346 326 292 99 166, 178 179 254 314 39 324 324 47 371 280 226 331 62 284, 285, 286, 287 291, 292 286, 288 289, 290, 291, 292 288 289 339, 340 94 145 66 66 132 124 126 125 124 124 132 361 90 383
INDEX Product Page Product Page E-guitar stand E-guitar stand »Heli 2« E-guitar stand »Wave 20« E+A guitar stand »Duet« English horn peg English-Horn stand Equipment stand Eurorack stand Extension for light stands Extension rod Extension rod Extension rod for microphone stands Feet for conductor podium Five e-guitar stand »Guardian 5« Five guitar stand »Guardian 5« Flange adapter Floor stand for spot lights Flugelhorn peg Flugelhorn stand Flute stand Footrest Footrest Four guitar stand »Guardian 3+1« Four guitar stand »Roadie« Gooseneck Guitar capo Guitar performer stand Guitar stand »Carlos« Guitar stand »Double« Guitar stand »Memphis 10« Guitar stand »Memphis 20« Guitar stand »Memphis Pro« Guitar stand »Memphis Travel« Guitar stool Guitar stool Guitar tool Guitar wall mount Harmonica holder Headphone holder Headphone holder with table clamp Headphone table stand Headphone wall holder Holding magnet with pencil Hydraulic piano bench Inclinable stand adapter Keyboard bench Keyboard stand Keyboard stand »Baby-Spider Pro« Keyboard stand »Rick 20« Keyboard stand »Rick« Keyboard stand »Spider Pro« Keyboard stand for kids Keyboard stand with tabletop Knurled washer Laptop desk Laptop holder Laptop mount Laptop rest Laptop rest for the »Spider Pro« Laptop stand Lectern »Ovation Pro« LED piano lamp Leveling adapter 384 70 73 73 71 368 104 168 189 283 173, 180, 284 173, 180, 284 254, 255 46, 47 78 77 296 327 368 112 103 85, 133 85, 133 78 76 230, 231 86 80, 81 75 76 74 74 74 70 131 131 87 82, 83 117, 118 186, 187, 188 186 186 187 67 146, 147 298 140 154, 155, 156, 158 177 159 157 176 154 156 256 338 166 357 360 179 332, 333, 335, 336, 337 330 50, 51 299 Leveling leg for lighting/speaker stand Leveling leg for speaker stand Leveling leg for Wind-up stand »3000« Leveling leg for Wind-up stand »4000« Lighting stand Lighting/Speaker stand Lighting/Speaker stand »Pro« Magnet Magnetic holder for tablet PC Marching drum stand Microphone »Fishing Pole« Microphone »Fishing Pole« L Microphone »Fishing Pole« M Microphone »Fishing Pole« XL Microphone bar Microphone bar Microphone clip Microphone desk arm Microphone holder Microphone holder Microphone holder for drums Microphone stand Microphone stand - Tube combination Microphone stand »Large« Microphone stand »Rien« Microphone stand »Soft-Touch« Microphone stand L Microphone stand XL Microphone table base Microphone table base Mini boom arm Mini TV spigot Mini TV spigot adapter Mixer stand Mixer stand Monitor mount Monitor plate M Monitor plate S Monitor stand Monitor wall mount Mounting adapter Mouse rest Music and instrument tray Music desk Music holder for dulcimer stand 28070 Music stand Music stand »Robby Plus« Music stand light »2 LED FlexLight rechargeable« Music stand light »2 LED FlexLight« Music stand light »4 LED T-Model FlexLight« Music stand light »Concert Light« Music stand light »Dimmer Light« Music stand light »Double LED FlexLight« Music stand light »Double2 LED FlexLight rechargeable« Music stand light »Double2 LED FlexLight« Music stand light »Double4 LED FlexLight« Music stand light »Double4 LED FlexLight« Set Music stand light »Double4 LED T-Model FlexLight« 320 300 321 323 316, 317 317, 320 318, 319 65 352 119 232 233 233 234 246 246 253 237, 238, 239 244, 246 244, 246 241 200, 201, 204, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 214, 215, 218, 220, 227 204 203 219 204, 212, 213, 220 203 203 228, 229 228, 229 221 325 325 189, 191 189, 191 360 173 256 278, 279 350 296 335 64 249 90 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31 28 53 52 56 58 61 52 53 53 55 54 57
Product Page Product Music stand light »LED FlexLight« Music stand light »Orchestra Light Eos« Music stand light »Orchestra Light Recharge- able« Music stand light »T-Model LED FlexLight rechargeable« Music stand light »T-Model LED FlexLight« Music stand light »Twin Head Pro« Music stand light »Twin Head« Musician’s chair Mute holder Mute holder ring Oboe peg Oboe stand One hand microphone stand One-hand microphone stand »Elegance« One-hand microphone stand »Performance« Orchestra chair Orchestra chair with tiltable seat Orchestra conductor stand base Orchestra conductor stand desk Orchestra music stand Orchestra music stand »Overture« Overhead microphone stand Panel Panel Peg adapter Peg base Peg holder Pencil holder Percussion table Piano bench Piano bench »Deluxe« Piano bench »Uplift« Piano bench with sheet music storage Piano bench with sheet music storage »Deluxe« Piano stool Piano stool Piano tuning lever Piano tuning lever set Pick holder Pneumatic stool Popkiller Power magnet Power unit »FlexLight« Product holder Product holder for acoustic guitar Product holder for cymbal Product holder for electric guitar Product holder for guitar Product holder for headphone Product holder for microphone Product holder for saxophone Product holder for trombone Product holder for ukuleles Product holder for violin Product label bundle Product support arm Projector tray Promotional board (excl. Logo) Protective cover for lectern Protective shield with stand Quick-Release Adapter for microphones 52 59 60 56 56 60 60 135 111 112 368 102 201, 202 205 206 135, 137 136 41 41, 42 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37 38 216, 217 194, 195 194, 195 115 112 115 66, 67 119 142, 144, 145 148 143 145 149 143, 150 143, 150 120 120 256 128, 129 235, 236 65 62 365 366 369 366 365, 366 369 370 367 367 366 366, 367 370 365 281 330 330 44 257 Rack Rack desk stand Rack wagon Rackmount storage Railing for conductor podium Recorder peg Reducer flange Safety ring Saxophone stand Saxophone stand »Jazz« Saxophone stand »Saxxy« School orchestra music stand Score tray Screen/Monitor stand Screw fitting set Screw-on adapter Sheet music and concept holder Sheet music clip Sheet music clips »Fix´n Clip« Sheet music holder Single rack rail Sliding shelf Smartphone holder Smartphone stand Smartphone/Tablet PC holder Smartphone/Tablet PC table stand Soprano saxophone peg Soprano saxophone stand Soprano saxophone stand »Saxxy« Sound insulation element for Orchestra seats with backrest Sound insulation stand Sousaphone stand SpaceWall® slat wall Speaker ceiling mount Speaker ceiling mount Speaker mount Speaker mounting fork Speaker stand Speaker stand »Easy Lock« Speaker stand »Pro« Speaker stand »Ring Lock« Speaker stand package Speaker stand XL Speaker tilt connector Speaker tilt connector »Ring Lock« Speaker wall mount Speaker wall mount Speaker wall mount (short arm type) Speaker wall mount L Speaker wall mount M Speaker wall mount package Speaker wall/ ceiling mount Speaker/Monitor stand Stackable microphone stand Stackable one-hand microphone stand Stacker Stacker A Stacker B Stacking chair INDEX Page 193 192 192 195 46 368 326 302 95 96 96, 97 31 42 348, 349 324 296 181 65 65 64 196 194 351, 352 331 352, 353 341 368 95, 97 97 43 43 109 364 313, 314 313, 314 308 301 260, 261, 263, 264, 265, 266, 268, 269, 270 270, 271 267 272, 273 260, 261 262 297 297 306, 307, 308, 311, 312 306, 307, 308, 311, 312 313 310 309 311 312, 313 260 202 202 156, 165, 171 168 169 135 385
Page 88 88 99 242, 243 243 66 66 159, 172, 370 179 253 194 306 281, 343 331 245 91 91, 92 91 92 39 84 84 240 302 320 322 48 334 207 INDEX Product Page Product Ukulele holder Ukulele wall mount Universal carrying case Universal clamp Universal clamping holder Universal drink holder Universal drink holder XL Universal holder Universal holder for »Spider Pro« Universal joint Universal rack shelf Universal speaker wall mount Universal stand Universal table-top stand Universal wall mount Violin holder Violin stand Violin wall holder Violin/Ukulele display stand Wagon for orchestra music stands Wall mount for acoustic guitar Wall mount for electric guitar Wall mount for microphone desk arms Warning strip Wind-up stand »3000« Wind-up stand »4000« Wooden music stand XL Stop pins for laptop stand XLR Microphone stand with gooseneck Stage piano support for »Omega« Stage stool Stair for conductor podium Stand for electric double bass Stand for kingsize tuba Stem glass holder Stool Stool with backrest String Cutter Support arm set A Support arm set B Support arm XL Table clamp Table clamp Table flange Table microphone clamp Table microphone stand Table microphone stand Table monitor stand Table monitor stand »Z-Stand« Table music stand Table- /Floor microphone stand Table-style keyboard stand Table-style keyboard stand Table-style keyboard stand »Omega Pro« Table-style keyboard stand »Omega-E« Table-style keyboard stand »Omega« Table-style stage piano stand Tablet PC holder Tablet PC holder »Biobased« Tablet PC holder bundle Tablet PC stand Tablet PC Stand »Biobased« Tablet PC stand holder Tablet PC stand holder »Biobased« Tablet PC Stand Pro »Biobased« Tablet PC stand with boom arm »Biobased« Tablet PC table stand Tabletop for »Omega« Tabletop for X-stands Tenor horn stand Thread adapter Threaded bolt Threaded bolt set for »Spider Pro« Three guitar stand »Guardian 3« Tiltable clamping desktop monitor stand Tiltable desktop monitor stand Tray Tray Tray XL Triple monitor mount Trolley for digital upright pianos Trolley for Keyboard Stands Trombone stand Trumpet holder Trumpet peg Trumpet stand Tuba performer stand Tuba performer stand for children Tuba stand Tuning fork TV spigot TV spigot adapter bundle Ukulele / Violin stand 386 164 130, 131 47 94 107 65 127, 129 129 87 178 178 165 241, 242 241, 242 240, 254 244 224, 225 224, 225 275, 276 274 49 226, 227, 228 168, 170 168, 170 163 161 162 171 354, 355 353 356 344 343, 344 356 355 345 345 341, 342 164 159 106 250, 251, 252 242, 256 180 78 277 276 64, 302, 339, 365 64, 302, 339, 365 281 361 182 183 105 111 367 109, 110 108 108 107 120 325 327 88
Sales only through specialist shops. When ordering please regard package units. Specifications subject to change without notice. No guarantee undertaken for printing errors. Reprints (or duplication) prohibited. All supplies and deliveries are subject to our terms and conditions of sale, delivery and payment.